Update credits
[MacVim.git] / src / syntax.c
blobf6d72305801bf672d00e09accaecfe931e96e525
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
14 #include "vim.h"
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
21 struct hl_group
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
25 /* for normal terminals */
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
30 /* for color terminals */
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
37 /* for when using the GUI */
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
48 #endif
49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
51 #endif
52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
54 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
55 scid_T sg_scriptID; /* script in which the group was last set */
56 #endif
59 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
60 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
61 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
62 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
64 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
66 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
68 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
69 /* Flags to indicate an additional string for highlight name completion. */
70 static int include_none = 0; /* when 1 include "None" */
71 static int include_default = 0; /* when 1 include "default" */
72 static int include_link = 0; /* when 2 include "link" and "clear" */
73 #endif
76 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
77 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
79 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
80 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
81 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
82 static int hl_attr_table[] =
83 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
85 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
86 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
87 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
88 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
89 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
90 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
91 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
92 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
93 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
95 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
96 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
97 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
98 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
99 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
100 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
101 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
102 # endif
103 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
104 #endif
107 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
109 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
111 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
113 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
115 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
116 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
117 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
118 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
119 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
120 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
121 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
122 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
123 #define SPO_COUNT 7
125 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
126 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
129 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
130 * A match item consists of one pattern.
131 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
132 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
133 * end patterns.
134 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
136 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
137 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
139 typedef struct syn_pattern
141 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
142 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
143 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
144 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
145 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
146 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
147 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
148 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
149 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
150 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
151 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
152 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
153 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
154 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
155 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
156 } synpat_T;
158 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
159 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
160 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
161 * When both are present, only one is used.
164 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
165 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
166 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
167 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
169 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
170 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
171 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
172 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
173 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
174 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
175 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
176 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
177 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
178 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
179 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
180 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
181 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
182 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
183 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
184 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
185 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
186 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
187 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
189 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
191 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
194 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
196 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
197 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
199 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
201 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
204 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
206 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
207 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
208 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
209 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
210 #endif
212 typedef struct syn_cluster_S
214 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
215 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
216 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
217 } syn_cluster_T;
220 * Methods of combining two clusters
222 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
223 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
224 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
226 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
229 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
230 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
231 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
232 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
233 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
234 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
236 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
237 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
238 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
239 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
242 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
243 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
244 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
246 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
249 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
250 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
251 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
253 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
254 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
257 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
258 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
259 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
260 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
261 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
263 static keyentry_T dumkey;
264 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
265 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
266 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
269 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
270 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
271 * "keepend" on the stack.
273 static int keepend_level = -1;
276 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
277 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
278 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
280 typedef struct state_item
282 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern or
283 KEYWORD_IDX */
284 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
285 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
286 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
287 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
288 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
289 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
290 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
291 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
292 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
293 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
294 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
295 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
296 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
297 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
298 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
299 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
300 * pattern */
301 } stateitem_T;
303 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
304 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
305 but contained groups */
308 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
309 * very often.
311 typedef struct
313 int flags; /* flags for contained and transparent */
314 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
315 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
316 if not allowed */
317 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
318 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
319 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
320 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
321 } syn_opt_arg_T;
324 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
325 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
326 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
327 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
328 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
330 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
331 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
332 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
333 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
334 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
335 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
336 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
337 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
338 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
339 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
342 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
343 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
345 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
346 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
349 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
350 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
352 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
353 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
354 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
355 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
356 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
357 * after setting current_finished */
358 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
359 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
360 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
361 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
362 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
363 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
365 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
367 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
368 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
369 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
370 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
371 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
372 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
373 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
374 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
375 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((void));
376 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
377 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
378 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
379 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
380 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
381 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell, int keep_state));
382 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
383 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
384 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
385 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
386 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
387 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
388 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
389 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
390 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
391 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
393 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
394 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
395 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
397 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
398 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
399 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
400 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
401 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
402 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
403 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
404 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
405 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
406 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
407 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
408 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
409 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
410 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
411 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
412 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
413 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
414 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
415 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
416 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
417 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
418 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
419 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
420 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
421 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
422 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
423 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
424 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
425 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
426 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
427 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
428 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
429 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
430 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
431 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
432 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
433 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
434 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
435 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
436 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
437 #else
438 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
439 #endif
440 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
441 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
442 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
443 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
444 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
445 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
446 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
447 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
448 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
449 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
450 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
453 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
454 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
455 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
456 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
457 * window.
459 void
460 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
461 win_T *wp;
462 linenr_T lnum;
464 synstate_T *p;
465 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
466 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
467 synstate_T *sp, *prev = NULL;
468 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
469 linenr_T first_stored;
470 int dist;
471 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
474 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
475 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
476 * then.
478 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
480 invalidate_current_state();
481 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
483 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
484 syn_win = wp;
487 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
489 syn_stack_alloc();
490 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
491 return; /* out of memory */
492 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
495 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
497 if (VALID_STATE(&current_state)
498 && current_lnum < lnum
499 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
501 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
502 if (!current_state_stored)
504 ++current_lnum;
505 (void)store_current_state();
509 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
510 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
511 * current_state and figure it out below.
513 if (current_lnum != lnum)
514 invalidate_current_state();
516 else
517 invalidate_current_state();
520 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
521 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
523 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
525 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
526 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
528 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
529 break;
530 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
532 last_valid = p;
533 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
534 last_min_valid = p;
537 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
538 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
542 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
543 * re-synchronize.
545 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state))
547 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
548 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
550 else
551 first_stored = current_lnum;
554 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
555 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
557 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
558 dist = 999999;
559 else
560 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
561 while (current_lnum < lnum)
563 syn_start_line();
564 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
565 ++current_lnum;
567 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
568 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
569 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
571 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
572 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
573 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
574 if (prev == NULL)
575 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum - 1);
576 if (prev == NULL)
577 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
578 else
579 sp = prev;
580 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < current_lnum)
581 sp = sp->sst_next;
582 if (sp != NULL
583 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
584 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
586 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
587 prev = sp;
588 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
590 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
591 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
592 prev = sp;
593 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
594 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
595 break;
596 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
597 sp = sp->sst_next;
599 load_current_state(prev);
601 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
602 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
603 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
604 else if (prev == NULL
605 || current_lnum == lnum
606 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
607 prev = store_current_state();
610 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
611 * state will be wrong then. */
612 line_breakcheck();
613 if (got_int)
615 current_lnum = lnum;
616 break;
620 syn_start_line();
624 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
625 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
627 static void
628 clear_syn_state(p)
629 synstate_T *p;
631 int i;
632 garray_T *gap;
634 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
636 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
637 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
638 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
639 ga_clear(gap);
641 else
643 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
644 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
649 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
651 static void
652 clear_current_state()
654 int i;
655 stateitem_T *sip;
657 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
658 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
659 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
660 ga_clear(&current_state);
664 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
666 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
667 * used:
668 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
669 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
670 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
672 static void
673 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
674 win_T *wp;
675 linenr_T start_lnum;
676 synstate_T *last_valid;
678 buf_T *curbuf_save;
679 win_T *curwin_save;
680 pos_T cursor_save;
681 int idx;
682 linenr_T lnum;
683 linenr_T end_lnum;
684 linenr_T break_lnum;
685 int had_sync_point;
686 stateitem_T *cur_si;
687 synpat_T *spp;
688 char_u *line;
689 int found_flags = 0;
690 int found_match_idx = 0;
691 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
692 int found_current_col= 0;
693 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
694 colnr_T prev_current_col;
697 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
699 invalidate_current_state();
702 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
703 * there.
704 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
705 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
706 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
707 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
709 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
710 start_lnum = 1;
711 else
713 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
714 lnum = 1;
715 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
716 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
717 else
718 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
719 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
720 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
721 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
722 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
723 start_lnum = 1;
724 else
725 start_lnum -= lnum;
727 current_lnum = start_lnum;
730 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
732 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
734 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
735 * use find_start_comment(). */
736 curwin_save = curwin;
737 curwin = wp;
738 curbuf_save = curbuf;
739 curbuf = syn_buf;
742 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
744 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
746 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
747 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
748 break;
750 current_lnum = start_lnum;
752 /* set cursor to start of search */
753 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
754 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
755 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
758 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
759 * defines the comment.
760 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
762 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
764 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
765 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
766 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
768 validate_current_state();
769 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
770 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
771 break;
775 /* restore cursor and buffer */
776 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
777 curwin = curwin_save;
778 curbuf = curbuf_save;
782 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
784 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
786 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
787 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
788 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
789 else
790 break_lnum = 0;
792 found_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
793 found_m_endpos.col = 0;
794 end_lnum = start_lnum;
795 lnum = start_lnum;
796 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
798 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
799 line_breakcheck();
800 if (got_int)
802 invalidate_current_state();
803 current_lnum = start_lnum;
804 break;
807 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
808 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
810 load_current_state(last_valid);
811 break;
815 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
817 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
818 continue;
821 * Start with nothing on the state stack
823 validate_current_state();
825 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
827 syn_start_line();
828 for (;;)
830 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
832 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
833 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
835 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
837 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
838 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
840 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
841 current_lnum = end_lnum;
842 break;
844 if (cur_si->si_idx < 0)
846 /* Cannot happen? */
847 found_flags = 0;
848 found_match_idx = KEYWORD_IDX;
850 else
852 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
853 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
854 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
856 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
857 found_current_col = current_col;
858 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
860 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
861 * match).
863 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
865 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
866 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
867 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
868 break;
870 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
871 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
872 else
873 ++current_col;
875 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
876 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be
877 * careful not to go past the NUL. */
878 prev_current_col = current_col;
879 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
880 ++current_col;
881 check_state_ends();
882 current_col = prev_current_col;
884 else
885 break;
890 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
892 if (found_flags)
895 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
896 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
897 * state stack empty.
899 clear_current_state();
900 if (found_match_idx >= 0
901 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
902 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
905 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
906 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
907 * the next line.
908 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
910 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
912 if (current_state.ga_len)
914 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
915 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
916 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
917 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
918 check_keepend();
920 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
921 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
922 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
923 ++current_lnum;
925 else
926 current_lnum = start_lnum;
928 break;
931 end_lnum = lnum;
932 invalidate_current_state();
935 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
936 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
938 invalidate_current_state();
939 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
943 validate_current_state();
947 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
949 static int
950 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
951 linenr_T lnum;
953 regmmatch_T regmatch;
955 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
957 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
958 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
959 return syn_regexec(&regmatch, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
961 return FALSE;
965 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
967 static void
968 syn_start_line()
970 current_finished = FALSE;
971 current_col = 0;
974 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
975 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
977 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
978 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
980 next_match_idx = -1;
981 ++current_line_id;
985 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
986 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
987 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
989 static void
990 syn_update_ends(startofline)
991 int startofline;
993 stateitem_T *cur_si;
994 int i;
995 int seen_keepend;
997 if (startofline)
999 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
1000 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
1001 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
1003 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1004 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
1005 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
1006 == SPTYPE_MATCH
1007 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
1009 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
1010 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
1011 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
1012 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
1013 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
1019 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
1020 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
1021 * influence contained items. If we've just removed "extend"
1022 * (startofline == 0) then we should update ends of normal regions
1023 * contained inside "keepend" because "extend" could have extended
1024 * these "keepend" regions as well as contained normal regions.
1025 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
1027 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
1028 if (keepend_level >= 0)
1029 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
1030 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
1031 break;
1033 seen_keepend = FALSE;
1034 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
1036 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1037 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
1038 || (seen_keepend && !startofline)
1039 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
1041 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
1042 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1044 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
1045 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
1047 if (!startofline && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
1048 seen_keepend = TRUE;
1051 check_keepend();
1052 check_state_ends();
1055 /****************************************
1056 * Handling of the state stack cache.
1060 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
1062 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
1063 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
1065 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
1066 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
1067 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
1068 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
1069 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
1070 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
1072 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
1073 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
1074 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
1075 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
1076 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
1077 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
1078 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
1079 * the cached entry.
1081 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
1082 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
1083 * start of the line is needed.
1084 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
1085 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
1086 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
1087 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
1088 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
1092 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
1093 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
1095 void
1096 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
1097 buf_T *buf;
1099 synstate_T *p;
1100 win_T *wp;
1102 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1104 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
1105 clear_syn_state(p);
1106 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
1107 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
1108 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
1110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1111 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
1112 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
1114 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
1115 foldUpdateAll(wp);
1117 #endif
1121 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
1122 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
1123 * small, reallocate it.
1124 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
1126 static void
1127 syn_stack_alloc()
1129 long len;
1130 synstate_T *to, *from;
1131 synstate_T *sstp;
1133 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
1134 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
1135 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
1136 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
1137 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
1138 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
1140 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
1141 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1142 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
1143 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
1144 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
1145 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
1146 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
1148 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1150 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
1151 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
1152 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
1153 && syn_stack_cleanup())
1155 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
1156 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
1159 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
1160 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
1161 return;
1163 to = sstp - 1;
1164 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
1166 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
1167 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
1168 from = from->sst_next)
1170 ++to;
1171 *to = *from;
1172 to->sst_next = to + 1;
1175 if (to != sstp - 1)
1177 to->sst_next = NULL;
1178 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
1179 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
1181 else
1183 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
1184 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
1187 /* Create the list of free entries. */
1188 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
1189 while (++to < sstp + len)
1190 to->sst_next = to + 1;
1191 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
1193 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
1194 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
1195 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
1200 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
1201 * b_mod_* fields.
1202 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
1203 * displayed buffer.
1205 void
1206 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
1207 buf_T *buf;
1209 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
1210 linenr_T n;
1212 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
1213 return;
1215 prev = NULL;
1216 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
1218 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
1220 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
1221 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
1223 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
1224 np = p->sst_next;
1225 if (prev == NULL)
1226 buf->b_sst_first = np;
1227 else
1228 prev->sst_next = np;
1229 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
1230 p = np;
1231 continue;
1233 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
1234 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
1235 * again. */
1236 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
1238 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
1239 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
1240 else
1241 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
1243 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
1244 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
1245 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
1247 p->sst_lnum = n;
1249 prev = p;
1250 p = p->sst_next;
1255 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
1256 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
1258 static int
1259 syn_stack_cleanup()
1261 synstate_T *p, *prev;
1262 disptick_T tick;
1263 int above;
1264 int dist;
1265 int retval = FALSE;
1267 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
1268 return retval;
1270 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
1271 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len <= Rows)
1272 dist = 999999;
1273 else
1274 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
1277 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
1278 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
1279 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
1281 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
1282 above = FALSE;
1283 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1284 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1286 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
1288 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
1290 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
1291 tick = p->sst_tick;
1292 above = TRUE;
1294 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
1295 tick = p->sst_tick;
1300 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
1301 * interval of several lines.
1303 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1304 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1306 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
1308 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
1309 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
1310 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
1311 p = prev;
1312 retval = TRUE;
1315 return retval;
1319 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
1320 * Move the entry into the free list.
1322 static void
1323 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
1324 buf_T *buf;
1325 synstate_T *p;
1327 clear_syn_state(p);
1328 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
1329 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
1330 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
1334 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
1335 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
1337 static synstate_T *
1338 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
1339 linenr_T lnum;
1341 synstate_T *p, *prev;
1343 prev = NULL;
1344 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
1346 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
1347 return p;
1348 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
1349 break;
1351 return prev;
1355 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
1356 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
1358 static synstate_T *
1359 store_current_state()
1361 int i;
1362 synstate_T *p;
1363 bufstate_T *bp;
1364 stateitem_T *cur_si;
1365 synstate_T *sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
1368 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
1369 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
1371 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
1373 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
1374 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1375 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1376 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
1377 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
1378 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
1379 break;
1381 if (i >= 0)
1383 if (sp != NULL)
1385 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
1386 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
1387 /* it's the first entry */
1388 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
1389 else
1391 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
1392 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
1393 if (p->sst_next == sp)
1394 break;
1395 if (p != NULL) /* just in case */
1396 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
1398 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
1399 sp = NULL;
1402 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
1405 * Add a new entry
1407 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
1408 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
1410 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
1411 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
1412 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
1414 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
1415 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
1416 sp = NULL;
1417 else
1419 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
1420 * list, after *sp */
1421 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
1422 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
1423 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
1424 if (sp == NULL)
1426 /* Insert in front of the list */
1427 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
1428 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
1430 else
1432 /* insert in list after *sp */
1433 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
1434 sp->sst_next = p;
1436 sp = p;
1437 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
1438 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
1441 if (sp != NULL)
1443 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
1444 clear_syn_state(sp);
1445 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
1446 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
1448 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
1449 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
1450 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
1451 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
1452 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
1453 else
1454 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
1455 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
1457 else
1458 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
1459 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
1461 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
1462 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
1463 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
1465 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
1466 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
1467 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
1468 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
1470 current_state_stored = TRUE;
1471 return sp;
1475 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
1477 static void
1478 load_current_state(from)
1479 synstate_T *from;
1481 int i;
1482 bufstate_T *bp;
1484 clear_current_state();
1485 validate_current_state();
1486 keepend_level = -1;
1487 if (from->sst_stacksize
1488 && ga_grow(&current_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
1490 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
1491 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
1492 else
1493 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
1494 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
1496 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
1497 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
1498 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
1499 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
1500 keepend_level = i;
1501 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
1502 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
1503 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
1504 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
1505 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
1506 else
1507 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
1508 update_si_attr(i);
1510 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
1512 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
1513 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
1514 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
1518 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
1519 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
1521 static int
1522 syn_stack_equal(sp)
1523 synstate_T *sp;
1525 int i, j;
1526 bufstate_T *bp;
1527 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
1529 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
1530 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
1531 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
1533 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
1534 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
1535 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
1536 else
1537 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
1539 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
1541 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
1542 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
1543 break;
1544 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
1546 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
1547 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
1548 * references are equal. */
1549 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
1550 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
1551 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
1552 * different. */
1553 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
1554 break;
1555 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
1557 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
1558 * equal. */
1559 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
1561 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
1562 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
1563 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
1564 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
1565 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
1566 break;
1567 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
1568 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
1569 six->matches[j]) != 0
1570 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
1571 break;
1574 if (j != NSUBEXP)
1575 break;
1578 if (i < 0)
1579 return TRUE;
1581 return FALSE;
1585 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
1586 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
1587 * the last parsed line.
1588 * The window looks like this:
1589 * line which changed
1590 * displayed line
1591 * displayed line
1592 * lnum -> line below window
1594 void
1595 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
1596 linenr_T lnum;
1598 synstate_T *sp;
1600 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
1601 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
1602 sp = sp->sst_next;
1604 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
1605 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
1609 * End of handling of the state stack.
1610 ****************************************/
1612 static void
1613 invalidate_current_state()
1615 clear_current_state();
1616 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
1617 current_next_list = NULL;
1618 keepend_level = -1;
1621 static void
1622 validate_current_state()
1624 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
1625 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
1629 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
1630 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
1631 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
1634 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
1635 linenr_T lnum;
1637 int retval = TRUE;
1638 synstate_T *sp;
1641 * Check the state stack when:
1642 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
1643 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
1644 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
1645 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
1647 if (VALID_STATE(&current_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
1649 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
1650 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
1653 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
1654 * drawn)
1656 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
1659 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
1660 * the line.
1662 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
1663 retval = FALSE;
1666 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
1668 ++current_lnum;
1669 (void)store_current_state();
1673 return retval;
1677 * Finish the current line.
1678 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
1679 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
1680 * is valid.
1682 static int
1683 syn_finish_line(syncing)
1684 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
1686 stateitem_T *cur_si;
1687 colnr_T prev_current_col;
1689 if (!current_finished)
1691 while (!current_finished)
1693 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL, FALSE);
1695 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
1697 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
1700 * Check for match with sync item.
1702 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1703 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
1704 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
1705 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
1706 return TRUE;
1708 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
1709 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go
1710 * past the NUL. */
1711 prev_current_col = current_col;
1712 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
1713 ++current_col;
1714 check_state_ends();
1715 current_col = prev_current_col;
1717 ++current_col;
1720 return FALSE;
1724 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
1725 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
1726 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
1727 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
1728 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
1729 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
1730 * done.
1733 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell, keep_state)
1734 colnr_T col;
1735 int *can_spell;
1736 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */
1738 int attr = 0;
1740 if (can_spell != NULL)
1741 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
1742 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
1743 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
1744 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
1745 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
1747 /* check for out of memory situation */
1748 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
1749 return 0;
1751 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */
1752 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc)
1754 clear_current_state();
1755 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1756 current_id = 0;
1757 current_trans_id = 0;
1758 #endif
1759 return 0;
1762 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
1763 if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state))
1764 validate_current_state();
1767 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
1769 while (current_col <= col)
1771 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell,
1772 current_col == col ? keep_state : FALSE);
1773 ++current_col;
1776 return attr;
1780 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
1782 static int
1783 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell, keep_state)
1784 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
1785 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
1786 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
1787 int keep_state; /* keep syntax stack afterwards */
1789 int syn_id;
1790 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
1791 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
1792 lpos_T hl_endpos;
1793 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
1794 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
1795 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
1796 int idx;
1797 synpat_T *spp;
1798 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
1799 int startcol;
1800 int endcol;
1801 long flags;
1802 short *next_list;
1803 int found_match; /* found usable match */
1804 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
1805 int do_keywords;
1806 regmmatch_T regmatch;
1807 lpos_T pos;
1808 int lc_col;
1809 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
1810 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
1811 looking for a pattern match! */
1813 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
1814 int keep_next_list;
1815 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
1816 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
1819 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
1820 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
1822 line = syn_getcurline();
1823 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
1826 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
1828 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
1829 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
1830 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
1832 current_finished = TRUE;
1833 current_state_stored = FALSE;
1834 return 0;
1837 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
1838 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
1840 current_finished = TRUE;
1841 current_state_stored = FALSE;
1845 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
1846 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
1847 * the next column.
1849 if (try_next_column)
1851 next_match_idx = -1;
1852 try_next_column = FALSE;
1855 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
1856 do_keywords = !syncing
1857 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
1858 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
1860 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
1861 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
1862 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
1865 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
1866 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
1867 * column.
1871 found_match = FALSE;
1872 keep_next_list = FALSE;
1873 syn_id = 0;
1876 * 1. Check for a current state.
1877 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
1878 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
1879 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
1880 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
1882 if (current_state.ga_len)
1883 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1884 else
1885 cur_si = NULL;
1887 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
1888 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
1891 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
1892 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
1894 if (do_keywords)
1896 line = syn_getcurline();
1897 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
1898 && (current_col == 0
1899 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
1900 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1901 - (has_mbyte
1902 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
1903 : 0)
1904 #endif
1905 , syn_buf)))
1907 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
1908 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
1909 if (syn_id != 0)
1911 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
1913 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
1914 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
1915 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1916 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
1917 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1918 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
1919 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
1920 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
1921 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
1922 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
1923 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
1924 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
1925 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
1926 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
1928 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
1930 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
1931 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
1933 else
1935 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
1936 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
1937 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
1938 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
1941 else
1942 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
1943 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
1944 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
1945 check_keepend();
1947 else
1948 vim_free(next_list);
1954 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
1956 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
1959 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
1960 * for any match with a pattern.
1962 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
1965 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
1966 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
1967 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
1968 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
1970 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
1971 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
1972 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
1974 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
1975 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
1976 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
1977 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
1978 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
1979 && (current_next_list != NULL
1980 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
1981 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
1982 : (cur_si == NULL
1983 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
1984 : in_id_list(cur_si,
1985 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
1986 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
1988 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
1989 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
1990 * this item. */
1991 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
1992 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
1993 continue;
1994 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
1996 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
1997 if (lc_col < 0)
1998 lc_col = 0;
2000 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
2001 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
2002 if (!syn_regexec(&regmatch, current_lnum,
2003 (colnr_T)lc_col))
2005 /* no match in this line, try another one */
2006 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
2007 continue;
2011 * Compute the first column of the match.
2013 syn_add_start_off(&pos, &regmatch,
2014 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
2015 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
2017 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
2018 * we can't handle that */
2019 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
2020 continue;
2022 startcol = pos.col;
2024 /* remember the next column where this pattern
2025 * matches in the current line */
2026 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
2029 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
2030 * column number, don't use this one.
2032 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
2033 continue;
2036 * If we matched this pattern at this position
2037 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
2038 * column, because it may match from there.
2040 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
2042 try_next_column = TRUE;
2043 continue;
2046 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
2047 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2049 /* Compute the highlight start. */
2050 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, &regmatch,
2051 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
2053 /* Compute the region start. */
2054 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
2055 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, &regmatch,
2056 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
2059 * Grab the external submatches before they get
2060 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
2062 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
2063 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
2064 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
2066 flags = 0;
2067 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
2068 eoe_pos.col = 0;
2069 end_idx = 0;
2070 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
2073 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
2074 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
2075 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
2076 * resulting end positions at the same time.
2078 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
2079 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
2081 lpos_T startpos;
2083 startpos = endpos;
2084 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
2085 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
2086 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
2087 continue; /* not found */
2091 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
2092 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
2093 * syncing.
2095 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
2097 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, &regmatch, spp,
2098 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
2099 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, &regmatch, spp,
2100 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
2101 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2102 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
2105 * If an empty string is matched, may need
2106 * to try matching again at next column.
2108 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
2109 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
2110 try_next_column = TRUE;
2111 continue;
2116 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
2118 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
2119 * before endpos. */
2120 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
2121 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
2122 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
2123 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
2125 next_match_idx = idx;
2126 next_match_col = startcol;
2127 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
2128 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
2129 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
2130 next_match_flags = flags;
2131 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
2132 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
2133 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
2134 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
2135 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
2136 cur_extmatch = NULL;
2142 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
2144 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
2146 synpat_T *lspp;
2148 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
2149 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
2150 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
2151 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2152 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
2153 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
2155 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
2156 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
2157 keep_next_list = TRUE;
2158 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
2160 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
2161 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
2162 * endless loop). */
2163 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
2165 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
2166 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
2168 next_match_idx = -1;
2170 else
2171 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
2172 found_match = TRUE;
2178 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
2180 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
2183 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
2184 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
2185 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
2187 if (!found_match)
2189 line = syn_getcurline();
2190 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
2191 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
2192 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
2193 && *line == NUL))
2194 break;
2198 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
2199 * contained matches.
2200 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
2201 * match.
2202 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
2203 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
2205 current_next_list = NULL;
2206 next_match_idx = -1;
2207 if (!zero_width_next_list)
2208 found_match = TRUE;
2211 } while (found_match);
2214 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
2215 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
2217 current_attr = 0;
2218 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2219 current_id = 0;
2220 current_trans_id = 0;
2221 #endif
2222 if (cur_si != NULL)
2224 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL
2225 int current_trans_id = 0;
2226 #endif
2227 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
2229 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
2230 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
2231 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
2232 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
2233 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
2234 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2235 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2236 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
2238 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
2239 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2240 current_id = sip->si_id;
2241 #endif
2242 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
2243 break;
2247 if (can_spell != NULL)
2249 struct sp_syn sps;
2252 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
2253 * done in the current item.
2255 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
2257 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
2258 * @NoSpell cluster. */
2259 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
2260 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP);
2261 else
2263 sps.inc_tag = 0;
2264 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
2265 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
2266 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
2269 else
2271 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with
2272 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there.
2273 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel"
2274 * was used. */
2275 if (current_trans_id == 0)
2276 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
2277 else
2279 sps.inc_tag = 0;
2280 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
2281 sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
2282 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
2284 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0)
2286 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
2287 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0))
2288 *can_spell = FALSE;
2296 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
2297 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
2298 * single character match.
2299 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
2300 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
2301 * current column.
2303 if (!syncing && !keep_state)
2305 check_state_ends();
2306 if (current_state.ga_len > 0
2307 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
2309 ++current_col;
2310 check_state_ends();
2311 --current_col;
2315 else if (can_spell != NULL)
2316 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
2317 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
2318 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
2319 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
2320 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
2322 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
2323 if (current_next_list != NULL
2324 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
2325 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
2326 current_next_list = NULL;
2328 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
2329 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
2331 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
2332 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
2333 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
2334 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
2336 return current_attr;
2341 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
2343 static int
2344 did_match_already(idx, gap)
2345 int idx;
2346 garray_T *gap;
2348 int i;
2350 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
2351 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
2352 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
2353 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
2354 return TRUE;
2356 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
2357 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
2358 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
2359 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
2360 return TRUE;
2362 return FALSE;
2366 * Push the next match onto the stack.
2368 static stateitem_T *
2369 push_next_match(cur_si)
2370 stateitem_T *cur_si;
2372 synpat_T *spp;
2374 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
2377 * Push the item in current_state stack;
2379 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
2382 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
2383 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
2385 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2386 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
2387 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
2388 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
2389 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
2390 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
2391 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
2392 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
2394 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
2395 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
2396 check_keepend();
2398 else
2400 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
2401 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
2402 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
2403 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
2404 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
2405 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
2407 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
2408 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
2409 check_keepend();
2410 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2413 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
2414 * on the stack for the start pattern.
2416 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
2417 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
2418 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
2420 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2421 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
2422 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
2423 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
2424 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
2425 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
2426 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
2427 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
2428 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
2429 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
2430 check_keepend();
2431 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2435 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
2437 return cur_si;
2441 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
2443 static void
2444 check_state_ends()
2446 stateitem_T *cur_si;
2447 int had_extend = FALSE;
2449 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2450 for (;;)
2452 if (cur_si->si_ends
2453 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
2454 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
2455 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
2458 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
2459 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
2460 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
2461 * position.
2463 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
2464 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
2465 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
2466 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
2468 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
2469 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
2470 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
2471 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
2472 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
2473 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2475 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
2476 next_match_idx = 0;
2477 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
2478 break;
2480 else
2482 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
2483 * "skipempty" */
2484 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
2485 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
2486 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
2487 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
2488 current_next_list = NULL;
2490 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
2491 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
2492 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
2493 had_extend = TRUE;
2495 pop_current_state();
2497 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
2498 break;
2500 if (had_extend && keepend_level >= 0)
2502 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
2503 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
2504 break;
2507 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
2510 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
2511 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
2512 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
2513 * Don't do this when:
2514 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
2515 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
2516 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
2518 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
2519 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
2520 == SPTYPE_START
2521 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
2523 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
2524 check_keepend();
2525 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
2526 && keepend_level < 0
2527 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
2528 break;
2532 else
2533 break;
2538 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
2539 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
2541 static void
2542 update_si_attr(idx)
2543 int idx;
2545 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
2546 synpat_T *spp;
2548 /* This should not happen... */
2549 if (sip->si_idx < 0)
2550 return;
2552 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
2553 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
2554 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
2555 else
2556 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
2557 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
2558 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
2559 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
2560 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
2561 else
2562 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
2565 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
2566 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
2567 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
2569 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
2571 if (idx == 0)
2573 sip->si_attr = 0;
2574 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
2575 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
2576 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
2578 else
2580 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
2581 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
2582 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
2583 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
2584 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
2586 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
2587 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
2594 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
2595 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
2597 static void
2598 check_keepend()
2600 int i;
2601 lpos_T maxpos;
2602 lpos_T maxpos_h;
2603 stateitem_T *sip;
2606 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
2607 * there really is a keepend.
2609 if (keepend_level < 0)
2610 return;
2613 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
2614 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
2615 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
2617 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
2618 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
2619 break;
2621 maxpos.lnum = 0;
2622 maxpos_h.lnum = 0;
2623 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
2625 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
2626 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
2628 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
2629 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos_h);
2630 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
2631 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2633 if (sip->si_ends && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
2635 if (maxpos.lnum == 0
2636 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
2637 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
2638 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col))
2639 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
2640 if (maxpos_h.lnum == 0
2641 || maxpos_h.lnum > sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2642 || (maxpos_h.lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
2643 && maxpos_h.col > sip->si_h_endpos.col))
2644 maxpos_h = sip->si_h_endpos;
2650 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
2651 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
2653 * Return the flags for the matched END.
2655 static void
2656 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
2657 stateitem_T *sip;
2658 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
2659 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
2661 lpos_T startpos;
2662 lpos_T endpos;
2663 lpos_T hl_endpos;
2664 lpos_T end_endpos;
2665 int end_idx;
2667 /* return quickly for a keyword */
2668 if (sip->si_idx < 0)
2669 return;
2671 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
2672 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
2673 * from a containing item. */
2674 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
2675 return;
2678 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
2679 * line.
2681 end_idx = 0;
2682 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
2683 startpos.col = startcol;
2684 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
2685 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
2687 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
2689 /* No end pattern matched. */
2690 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
2692 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
2693 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2694 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
2695 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
2697 else
2699 /* continues in the next line */
2700 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
2701 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
2703 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
2705 else
2707 /* match within this line */
2708 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
2709 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
2710 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
2711 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
2712 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
2717 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
2718 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
2719 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
2721 static int
2722 push_current_state(idx)
2723 int idx;
2725 if (ga_grow(&current_state, 1) == FAIL)
2726 return FAIL;
2727 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
2728 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
2729 ++current_state.ga_len;
2730 return OK;
2734 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
2736 static void
2737 pop_current_state()
2739 if (current_state.ga_len)
2741 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
2742 --current_state.ga_len;
2744 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
2745 next_match_idx = -1;
2747 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
2748 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
2749 keepend_level = -1;
2753 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
2754 * Only checks one line.
2755 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
2756 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
2757 * will be 0.
2758 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
2759 * computed.
2761 static void
2762 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
2763 end_idx, start_ext)
2764 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
2765 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
2766 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
2767 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
2768 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
2769 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
2770 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
2771 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
2773 colnr_T matchcol;
2774 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
2775 int start_idx;
2776 int best_idx;
2777 regmmatch_T regmatch;
2778 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
2779 lpos_T pos;
2780 char_u *line;
2781 int had_match = FALSE;
2783 /* just in case we are invoked for a keyword */
2784 if (idx < 0)
2785 return;
2788 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
2789 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
2790 * contained a region.
2792 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2793 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
2795 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
2796 return;
2800 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
2802 for (;;)
2804 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2805 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
2806 break;
2807 ++idx;
2811 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
2813 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
2815 spp_skip = spp;
2816 ++idx;
2818 else
2819 spp_skip = NULL;
2821 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
2822 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
2823 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
2825 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
2826 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
2827 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
2828 for (;;)
2831 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
2833 best_idx = -1;
2834 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
2836 int lc_col = matchcol;
2838 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
2839 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
2840 break;
2841 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
2842 if (lc_col < 0)
2843 lc_col = 0;
2845 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
2846 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
2847 if (syn_regexec(&regmatch, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
2849 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
2850 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
2852 best_idx = idx;
2853 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
2854 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
2860 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
2861 * item continues until end-of-line.
2863 if (best_idx == -1)
2864 break;
2867 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
2868 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
2870 if (spp_skip != NULL)
2872 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
2874 if (lc_col < 0)
2875 lc_col = 0;
2876 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
2877 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
2878 if (syn_regexec(&regmatch, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
2879 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
2880 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
2882 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
2883 syn_add_end_off(&pos, &regmatch, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
2885 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
2886 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
2887 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
2888 break;
2890 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
2892 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
2893 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
2894 ++matchcol;
2895 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
2896 matchcol = pos.col;
2897 else
2898 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
2899 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2900 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
2901 ++matchcol)
2904 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
2905 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
2906 break;
2908 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
2913 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
2914 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
2916 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
2917 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
2918 /* can't end before the start */
2919 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2920 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2922 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
2923 /* can't end before the start */
2924 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
2925 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2926 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2927 /* can't end after the match */
2928 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
2931 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
2933 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
2935 *end_idx = best_idx;
2936 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
2938 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
2939 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
2941 else
2943 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
2944 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
2946 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
2948 /* can't end before the start */
2949 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
2950 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
2951 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
2952 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
2954 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
2955 * into the matchgroup for the end */
2956 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
2958 else
2960 *end_idx = 0;
2961 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
2964 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
2966 had_match = TRUE;
2967 break;
2970 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
2971 if (!had_match)
2972 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
2974 /* Remove external matches. */
2975 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
2976 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
2980 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
2982 static void
2983 limit_pos(pos, limit)
2984 lpos_T *pos;
2985 lpos_T *limit;
2987 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
2988 *pos = *limit;
2989 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
2990 pos->col = limit->col;
2994 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
2996 static void
2997 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
2998 lpos_T *pos;
2999 lpos_T *limit;
3001 if (pos->lnum == 0)
3002 *pos = *limit;
3003 else
3004 limit_pos(pos, limit);
3008 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
3010 static void
3011 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
3012 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
3013 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
3014 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
3015 int idx; /* index of offset */
3016 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
3018 int col;
3019 int len;
3021 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
3023 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
3024 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra;
3026 else
3028 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
3029 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
3031 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
3032 if (col < 0)
3033 result->col = 0;
3034 else
3036 /* Don't go past the end of the line. Matters for "rs=e+2" when there
3037 * is a matchgroup. Watch out for match with last NL in the buffer. */
3038 if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
3039 len = 0;
3040 else
3041 len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE));
3042 if (col > len)
3043 result->col = len;
3044 else
3045 result->col = col;
3050 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
3051 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
3053 static void
3054 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
3055 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
3056 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
3057 synpat_T *spp;
3058 int idx;
3059 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
3061 int col;
3063 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
3065 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
3066 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra;
3068 else
3070 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
3071 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
3073 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
3074 if (col < 0)
3075 result->col = 0;
3076 else
3077 result->col = col;
3081 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
3083 static char_u *
3084 syn_getcurline()
3086 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
3090 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf".
3091 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
3093 static int
3094 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
3095 regmmatch_T *rmp;
3096 linenr_T lnum;
3097 colnr_T col;
3099 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc;
3100 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col, NULL) > 0)
3102 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
3103 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
3104 return TRUE;
3106 return FALSE;
3110 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
3111 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
3112 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
3114 static int
3115 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
3116 char_u *line;
3117 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
3118 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
3119 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
3120 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
3121 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
3123 keyentry_T *kp;
3124 char_u *kwp;
3125 int round;
3126 int kwlen;
3127 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
3128 hashtab_T *ht;
3129 hashitem_T *hi;
3131 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
3132 * checked. */
3133 kwp = line + startcol;
3134 kwlen = 0;
3137 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3138 if (has_mbyte)
3139 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen);
3140 else
3141 #endif
3142 ++kwlen;
3144 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
3146 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
3147 return 0;
3150 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
3151 * lowercase.
3153 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
3156 * Try twice:
3157 * 1. matching case
3158 * 2. ignoring case
3160 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
3162 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
3163 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
3164 continue;
3165 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
3166 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
3169 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
3170 * attributes.
3171 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
3172 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
3173 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
3175 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
3176 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
3177 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
3179 if (current_next_list != 0
3180 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
3181 : (cur_si == NULL
3182 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
3183 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
3184 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
3186 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
3187 *flagsp = kp->flags;
3188 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
3189 return kp->k_syn.id;
3193 return 0;
3197 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
3199 /* ARGSUSED */
3200 static void
3201 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
3202 exarg_T *eap;
3203 int syncing; /* not used */
3205 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3206 char_u *next;
3208 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3209 if (eap->skip)
3210 return;
3212 next = skiptowhite(arg);
3213 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
3214 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
3215 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
3216 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
3217 else
3218 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
3222 * Handle ":syntax spell" command.
3224 /* ARGSUSED */
3225 static void
3226 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing)
3227 exarg_T *eap;
3228 int syncing; /* not used */
3230 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3231 char_u *next;
3233 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3234 if (eap->skip)
3235 return;
3237 next = skiptowhite(arg);
3238 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8)
3239 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP;
3240 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10)
3241 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP;
3242 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 7) == 0 && next - arg == 7)
3243 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT;
3244 else
3245 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
3249 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
3251 void
3252 syntax_clear(buf)
3253 buf_T *buf;
3255 int i;
3257 buf->b_syn_error = FALSE; /* clear previous error */
3258 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
3259 buf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */
3260 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
3262 /* free the keywords */
3263 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
3264 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
3266 /* free the syntax patterns */
3267 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3268 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
3269 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
3271 /* free the syntax clusters */
3272 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3273 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
3274 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
3275 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
3276 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;
3278 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
3279 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
3280 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
3281 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
3283 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
3284 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
3285 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
3286 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
3287 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3288 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
3289 #endif
3291 /* free the stored states */
3292 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
3293 invalidate_current_state();
3297 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
3299 static void
3300 syntax_sync_clear()
3302 int i;
3304 /* free the syntax patterns */
3305 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
3306 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
3307 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
3309 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
3310 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
3311 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
3312 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
3314 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
3315 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
3316 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
3317 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
3319 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
3323 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
3325 static void
3326 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
3327 buf_T *buf;
3328 int idx;
3330 synpat_T *spp;
3332 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
3333 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3334 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
3335 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
3336 #endif
3337 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
3338 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
3339 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
3340 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
3344 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
3345 * last to first!
3347 static void
3348 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
3349 buf_T *buf;
3350 int i;
3352 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
3353 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
3354 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
3355 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
3357 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
3358 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
3359 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_syn.cont_in_list);
3364 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
3366 static void
3367 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
3368 buf_T *buf;
3369 int i;
3371 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
3372 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
3373 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
3377 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
3379 static void
3380 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
3381 exarg_T *eap;
3382 int syncing;
3384 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3385 char_u *arg_end;
3386 int id;
3388 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3389 if (eap->skip)
3390 return;
3393 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
3394 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
3395 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
3396 * clear".
3398 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
3399 return;
3401 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
3404 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
3406 if (syncing)
3407 syntax_sync_clear();
3408 else
3410 syntax_clear(curbuf);
3411 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
3414 else
3417 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
3419 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
3421 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
3422 if (*arg == '@')
3424 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
3425 if (id == 0)
3427 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
3428 break;
3430 else
3433 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
3434 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
3435 * and make it empty.
3437 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
3439 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
3440 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
3443 else
3445 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
3446 if (id == 0)
3448 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
3449 break;
3451 else
3452 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
3454 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
3457 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
3458 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
3462 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
3464 static void
3465 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
3466 int id;
3467 int syncing;
3469 synpat_T *spp;
3470 int idx;
3472 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
3473 if (!syncing)
3475 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
3476 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
3479 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
3480 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
3482 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
3483 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
3484 continue;
3485 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
3490 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
3492 /* ARGSUSED */
3493 static void
3494 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
3495 exarg_T *eap;
3496 int syncing; /* not used */
3498 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
3502 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
3504 /* ARGSUSED */
3505 static void
3506 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
3507 exarg_T *eap;
3508 int syncing; /* not used */
3510 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
3511 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
3512 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
3516 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
3518 /* ARGSUSED */
3519 static void
3520 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
3521 exarg_T *eap;
3522 int syncing; /* not used */
3524 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
3525 if (!eap->skip)
3527 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
3528 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
3529 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
3534 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
3536 /* ARGSUSED */
3537 static void
3538 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
3539 exarg_T *eap;
3540 int syncing; /* not used */
3542 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
3546 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
3548 /* ARGSUSED */
3549 static void
3550 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
3551 exarg_T *eap;
3552 int syncing; /* not used */
3554 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
3557 static void
3558 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
3559 exarg_T *eap;
3560 char *name;
3562 char_u buf[100];
3564 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
3565 if (!eap->skip)
3567 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
3568 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
3569 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
3574 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
3576 static void
3577 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
3578 exarg_T *eap;
3579 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
3581 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
3582 int id;
3583 char_u *arg_end;
3585 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
3586 if (eap->skip)
3587 return;
3589 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
3591 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
3592 return;
3595 if (syncing)
3597 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
3599 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
3600 syn_lines_msg();
3601 syn_match_msg();
3602 return;
3604 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
3606 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
3607 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
3608 else
3610 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
3611 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
3612 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
3613 syn_match_msg();
3615 return;
3617 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
3618 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
3619 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
3620 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
3622 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
3623 syn_lines_msg();
3624 syn_match_msg();
3627 else
3628 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
3629 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
3632 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
3634 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
3635 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
3636 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
3637 syn_list_cluster(id);
3639 else
3642 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
3644 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
3646 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
3647 if (*arg == '@')
3649 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
3650 if (id == 0)
3651 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
3652 else
3653 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
3655 else
3657 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
3658 if (id == 0)
3659 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
3660 else
3661 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
3663 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
3666 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
3669 static void
3670 syn_lines_msg()
3672 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
3674 MSG_PUTS("; ");
3675 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
3677 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
3678 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
3679 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
3680 MSG_PUTS(", ");
3682 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
3684 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
3685 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
3687 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
3691 static void
3692 syn_match_msg()
3694 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
3696 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
3697 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
3698 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
3702 static int last_matchgroup;
3704 struct name_list
3706 int flag;
3707 char *name;
3710 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
3713 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
3715 static void
3716 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
3717 int id;
3718 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
3719 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
3721 int attr;
3722 int idx;
3723 int did_header = FALSE;
3724 synpat_T *spp;
3725 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
3727 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
3728 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
3729 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
3730 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
3731 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
3732 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
3733 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
3734 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
3735 {0, NULL}
3737 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
3739 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
3740 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
3741 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
3742 {0, NULL}
3745 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
3747 /* list the keywords for "id" */
3748 if (!syncing)
3750 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
3751 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
3752 did_header, attr);
3755 /* list the patterns for "id" */
3756 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
3758 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
3759 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
3760 continue;
3762 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
3763 did_header = TRUE;
3764 last_matchgroup = 0;
3765 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
3767 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
3768 msg_putchar(' ');
3770 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
3772 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
3773 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3774 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
3775 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3776 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
3777 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
3778 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
3779 --idx;
3780 msg_putchar(' ');
3782 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
3784 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
3785 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
3787 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
3788 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
3789 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
3791 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
3793 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
3794 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
3796 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
3798 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
3799 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
3800 else
3801 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
3802 msg_putchar(' ');
3803 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
3804 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
3805 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
3806 else
3807 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
3808 msg_putchar(' ');
3812 /* list the link, if there is one */
3813 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
3815 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
3816 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
3817 msg_putchar(' ');
3818 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
3822 static void
3823 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
3824 struct name_list *nl;
3825 int flags;
3826 int attr;
3828 int i;
3830 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
3831 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
3833 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
3834 msg_putchar(' ');
3839 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
3841 static void
3842 syn_list_cluster(id)
3843 int id;
3845 int endcol = 15;
3847 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
3848 msg_putchar('\n');
3849 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
3851 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
3852 endcol = msg_col + 1;
3853 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
3854 endcol = Columns - 1;
3856 msg_advance(endcol);
3857 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
3859 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
3860 hl_attr(HLF_D));
3862 else
3864 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
3865 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
3869 static void
3870 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
3871 char_u *name;
3872 short *list;
3873 int attr;
3875 short *p;
3877 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
3878 msg_putchar('=');
3879 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
3881 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
3883 if (p[1])
3884 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
3885 else
3886 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
3888 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
3890 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
3892 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
3894 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
3896 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
3898 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
3900 msg_putchar('@');
3901 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
3903 else
3904 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
3905 if (p[1])
3906 msg_putchar(',');
3908 msg_putchar(' ');
3911 static void
3912 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
3913 char *s;
3914 int c;
3915 synpat_T *spp;
3916 int attr;
3918 long n;
3919 int mask;
3920 int first;
3921 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
3922 int i;
3924 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
3925 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
3927 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
3928 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
3929 msg_putchar('=');
3930 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
3931 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
3932 else
3933 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
3934 msg_putchar(' ');
3937 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
3938 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
3939 msg_putchar(c);
3941 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
3942 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
3943 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
3945 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
3946 break;
3948 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
3949 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
3950 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
3952 /* output any pattern options */
3953 first = TRUE;
3954 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
3956 mask = (1 << i);
3957 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
3959 if (!first)
3960 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
3961 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
3962 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
3963 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
3965 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
3966 msg_putchar('s');
3967 else
3968 msg_putchar('e');
3969 if (n > 0)
3970 msg_putchar('+');
3972 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
3973 msg_outnum(n);
3974 first = FALSE;
3977 msg_putchar(' ');
3981 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
3982 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
3984 static int
3985 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
3986 int id;
3987 hashtab_T *ht;
3988 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
3989 int attr;
3991 int outlen;
3992 hashitem_T *hi;
3993 keyentry_T *kp;
3994 int todo;
3995 int prev_contained = 0;
3996 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
3997 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
3998 int prev_skipnl = 0;
3999 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
4000 int prev_skipempty = 0;
4003 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
4004 * hash value...
4006 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4007 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
4009 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4011 --todo;
4012 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
4014 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
4016 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
4017 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
4018 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
4019 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
4020 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
4021 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
4022 outlen = 9999;
4023 else
4024 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
4025 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
4026 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
4028 prev_contained = 0;
4029 prev_next_list = NULL;
4030 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
4031 prev_skipnl = 0;
4032 prev_skipwhite = 0;
4033 prev_skipempty = 0;
4035 did_header = TRUE;
4036 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
4038 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
4039 msg_putchar(' ');
4040 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
4042 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
4044 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
4045 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
4046 msg_putchar(' ');
4047 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
4049 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
4051 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
4052 msg_putchar(' ');
4053 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
4054 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
4056 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
4057 msg_putchar(' ');
4058 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
4060 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
4062 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
4063 msg_putchar(' ');
4064 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
4066 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
4068 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
4069 msg_putchar(' ');
4070 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
4073 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
4079 return did_header;
4082 static void
4083 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
4084 int id;
4085 hashtab_T *ht;
4087 hashitem_T *hi;
4088 keyentry_T *kp;
4089 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
4090 keyentry_T *kp_next;
4091 int todo;
4093 hash_lock(ht);
4094 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4095 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
4097 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4099 --todo;
4100 kp_prev = NULL;
4101 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
4103 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
4105 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
4106 if (kp_prev == NULL)
4108 if (kp_next == NULL)
4109 hash_remove(ht, hi);
4110 else
4111 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
4113 else
4114 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
4115 vim_free(kp->next_list);
4116 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
4117 vim_free(kp);
4118 kp = kp_next;
4120 else
4122 kp_prev = kp;
4123 kp = kp->ke_next;
4128 hash_unlock(ht);
4132 * Clear a whole keyword table.
4134 static void
4135 clear_keywtab(ht)
4136 hashtab_T *ht;
4138 hashitem_T *hi;
4139 int todo;
4140 keyentry_T *kp;
4141 keyentry_T *kp_next;
4143 todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
4144 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
4146 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4148 --todo;
4149 kp = HI2KE(hi);
4150 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
4152 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
4153 vim_free(kp->next_list);
4154 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
4155 vim_free(kp);
4159 hash_clear(ht);
4160 hash_init(ht);
4164 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
4166 static void
4167 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
4168 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
4169 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
4170 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
4171 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
4172 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
4174 keyentry_T *kp;
4175 hashtab_T *ht;
4176 hashitem_T *hi;
4177 char_u *name_ic;
4178 long_u hash;
4179 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
4181 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
4182 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
4183 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
4184 else
4185 name_ic = name;
4186 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
4187 if (kp == NULL)
4188 return;
4189 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
4190 kp->k_syn.id = id;
4191 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4192 kp->flags = flags;
4193 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
4194 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
4195 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4196 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
4198 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
4199 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
4200 else
4201 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
4203 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
4204 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
4205 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
4207 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
4208 kp->ke_next = NULL;
4209 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
4211 else
4213 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
4214 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
4215 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
4220 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
4221 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
4222 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
4224 static char_u *
4225 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
4226 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
4227 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
4229 char_u *rest;
4231 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
4232 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
4235 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
4236 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
4238 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
4239 return NULL;
4240 return rest;
4244 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
4245 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
4246 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
4247 * collect all options in between other arguments.
4248 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
4249 * Return NULL for any error;
4251 static char_u *
4252 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
4253 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
4254 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
4256 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
4257 int syn_id;
4258 int len;
4259 char *p;
4260 int i;
4261 int fidx;
4262 static struct flag
4264 char *name;
4265 int argtype;
4266 int flags;
4267 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
4268 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
4269 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
4270 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
4271 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
4272 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
4273 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
4274 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
4275 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
4276 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
4277 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
4278 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
4279 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
4280 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
4281 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
4282 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
4284 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
4286 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
4287 return NULL;
4289 for (;;)
4292 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
4293 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
4294 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
4296 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
4297 break;
4299 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
4301 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
4302 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
4303 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
4304 break;
4305 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
4306 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
4307 ? arg[len] == '='
4308 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
4310 if (opt->keyword
4311 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
4312 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
4313 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
4314 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
4315 fidx = -1;
4316 break;
4319 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
4320 break;
4322 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
4324 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
4326 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
4327 return NULL;
4329 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
4330 return NULL;
4332 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
4334 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
4335 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
4337 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
4338 return NULL;
4340 #endif
4341 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
4342 return NULL;
4344 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
4346 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
4347 return NULL;
4349 else
4351 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
4352 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
4354 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
4355 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
4357 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
4359 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
4360 return NULL;
4362 gname_start = arg;
4363 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
4364 if (gname_start == arg)
4365 return NULL;
4366 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
4367 if (gname == NULL)
4368 return NULL;
4369 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
4370 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
4371 else
4373 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
4374 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
4375 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
4376 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
4378 *opt->sync_idx = i;
4379 break;
4381 if (i < 0)
4383 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
4384 vim_free(gname);
4385 return NULL;
4389 vim_free(gname);
4390 arg = skipwhite(arg);
4392 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4393 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
4394 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
4395 /* Need to update folds later. */
4396 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
4397 #endif
4401 return arg;
4405 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
4406 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
4407 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
4409 static void
4410 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
4411 int id;
4412 int *flagsp;
4414 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
4415 return;
4416 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
4417 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
4419 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
4420 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
4421 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
4423 if (grp_list != NULL)
4425 grp_list[0] = id;
4426 grp_list[1] = 0;
4427 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
4428 CLUSTER_ADD);
4434 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
4436 /* ARGSUSED */
4437 static void
4438 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
4439 exarg_T *eap;
4440 int syncing; /* not used */
4442 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4443 int sgl_id = 1;
4444 char_u *group_name_end;
4445 char_u *rest;
4446 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
4447 int prev_toplvl_grp;
4448 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
4449 int source = FALSE;
4451 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
4452 if (eap->skip)
4453 return;
4455 if (arg[0] == '@')
4457 ++arg;
4458 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4459 if (rest == NULL)
4461 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
4462 return;
4464 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
4465 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
4466 eap->arg = rest;
4470 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
4471 * filename to include.
4473 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
4474 separate_nextcmd(eap);
4475 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
4477 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
4478 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
4479 * ":runtime!" is used. */
4480 source = TRUE;
4481 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
4483 if (errormsg != NULL)
4484 EMSG(errormsg);
4485 return;
4490 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
4491 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
4493 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4494 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
4495 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
4496 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
4497 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, DOSO_NONE) == FAIL
4498 : source_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
4499 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
4500 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
4501 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
4505 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
4507 /* ARGSUSED */
4508 static void
4509 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
4510 exarg_T *eap;
4511 int syncing; /* not used */
4513 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4514 char_u *group_name_end;
4515 int syn_id;
4516 char_u *rest;
4517 char_u *keyword_copy;
4518 char_u *p;
4519 char_u *kw;
4520 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4521 int cnt;
4523 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4525 if (rest != NULL)
4527 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
4529 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
4530 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
4531 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
4533 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4534 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
4535 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
4536 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
4537 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4538 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4541 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
4542 * found before keywords can be created.
4543 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
4545 cnt = 0;
4546 p = keyword_copy;
4547 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
4549 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4550 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
4551 break;
4552 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
4553 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
4555 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
4556 ++rest;
4557 *p++ = *rest++;
4559 *p++ = NUL;
4560 ++cnt;
4563 if (!eap->skip)
4565 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
4566 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4569 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
4571 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
4573 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
4575 if (p != NULL)
4576 *p = NUL;
4577 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
4578 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
4579 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4580 if (p == NULL)
4581 break;
4582 if (p[1] == NUL)
4584 EMSG2(_("E789: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
4585 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
4586 break;
4588 if (p[1] == ']')
4590 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
4591 break;
4593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4594 if (has_mbyte)
4596 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1);
4598 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
4599 p += l;
4601 else
4602 #endif
4604 p[0] = p[1];
4605 ++p;
4611 vim_free(keyword_copy);
4612 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
4613 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4617 if (rest != NULL)
4618 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4619 else
4620 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
4622 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4623 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4627 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
4629 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
4631 static void
4632 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
4633 exarg_T *eap;
4634 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
4636 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4637 char_u *group_name_end;
4638 char_u *rest;
4639 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
4640 int syn_id;
4641 int idx;
4642 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4643 int sync_idx = 0;
4645 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
4646 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4648 /* Get options before the pattern */
4649 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4650 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
4651 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
4652 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
4653 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
4654 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4655 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4656 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4658 /* get the pattern. */
4659 init_syn_patterns();
4660 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
4661 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
4662 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
4663 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
4665 /* Get options after the pattern */
4666 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4668 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
4671 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
4673 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4674 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
4675 rest = NULL;
4676 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
4677 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
4678 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
4680 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4682 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
4684 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4685 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
4686 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
4687 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
4688 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
4689 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4690 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
4691 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
4692 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
4693 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
4694 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
4695 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
4696 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4697 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
4698 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4700 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
4701 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
4702 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
4703 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4704 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
4705 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
4706 #endif
4708 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4709 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4710 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
4715 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
4717 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
4718 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
4719 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
4720 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
4721 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4723 if (rest == NULL)
4724 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
4728 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
4729 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
4731 static void
4732 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
4733 exarg_T *eap;
4734 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
4736 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
4737 char_u *group_name_end;
4738 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
4739 char_u *key_end;
4740 char_u *key = NULL;
4741 char_u *p;
4742 int item;
4743 #define ITEM_START 0
4744 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
4745 #define ITEM_END 2
4746 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
4747 struct pat_ptr
4749 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
4750 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
4751 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
4752 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
4753 /* patterns found in the line */
4754 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
4755 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
4756 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
4757 int syn_id;
4758 int matchgroup_id = 0;
4759 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
4760 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
4761 int success = FALSE;
4762 int idx;
4763 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
4765 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
4766 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
4768 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
4769 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
4770 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
4772 init_syn_patterns();
4774 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
4775 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
4776 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
4777 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
4778 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
4779 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
4780 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
4783 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
4785 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
4787 /* Check for option arguments */
4788 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
4789 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
4790 break;
4792 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
4793 key_end = rest;
4794 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
4795 ++key_end;
4796 vim_free(key);
4797 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
4798 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
4800 rest = NULL;
4801 break;
4803 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
4804 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
4805 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
4806 item = ITEM_START;
4807 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
4808 item = ITEM_END;
4809 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
4811 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
4813 illegal = TRUE;
4814 break;
4816 item = ITEM_SKIP;
4818 else
4819 break;
4820 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
4821 if (*rest != '=')
4823 rest = NULL;
4824 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
4825 break;
4827 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
4828 if (*rest == NUL)
4830 not_enough = TRUE;
4831 break;
4834 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
4836 p = skiptowhite(rest);
4837 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
4838 matchgroup_id = 0;
4839 else
4841 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
4842 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
4844 illegal = TRUE;
4845 break;
4848 rest = skipwhite(p);
4850 else
4853 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
4854 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
4855 * used from end to start).
4857 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
4858 if (ppp == NULL)
4860 rest = NULL;
4861 break;
4863 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
4864 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
4865 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
4866 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
4868 rest = NULL;
4869 break;
4873 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
4875 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
4876 if (item == ITEM_START)
4877 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
4878 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
4879 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
4880 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
4881 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
4882 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
4883 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
4884 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
4885 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
4886 ++pat_count;
4889 vim_free(key);
4890 if (illegal || not_enough)
4891 rest = NULL;
4894 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
4896 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
4897 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
4899 not_enough = TRUE;
4900 rest = NULL;
4903 if (rest != NULL)
4906 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
4907 * If OK, add the item.
4909 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
4910 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
4911 rest = NULL;
4912 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
4913 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
4914 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
4916 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
4918 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
4920 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4921 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
4923 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
4925 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
4926 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
4927 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
4928 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
4929 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
4930 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
4931 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
4932 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
4933 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
4934 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
4935 if (item == ITEM_START)
4937 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
4938 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
4939 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
4940 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
4941 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
4942 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
4943 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
4944 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
4946 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
4947 ++idx;
4948 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4949 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
4950 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
4951 #endif
4955 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
4956 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
4957 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
4962 * Free the allocated memory.
4964 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
4965 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
4967 if (!success)
4969 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
4970 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
4972 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
4973 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
4974 vim_free(ppp);
4977 if (!success)
4979 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
4980 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
4981 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
4982 if (not_enough)
4983 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
4984 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
4985 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
4990 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
4992 static int
4993 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
4994 _RTLENTRYF
4995 #endif
4996 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
4997 const void *v1;
4998 const void *v2;
5000 const short *s1 = v1;
5001 const short *s2 = v2;
5003 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
5007 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
5008 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
5010 static void
5011 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
5012 short **clstr1;
5013 short **clstr2;
5014 int list_op;
5016 int count1 = 0;
5017 int count2 = 0;
5018 short *g1;
5019 short *g2;
5020 short *clstr = NULL;
5021 int count;
5022 int round;
5025 * Handle degenerate cases.
5027 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
5028 return;
5029 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
5031 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
5032 vim_free(*clstr1);
5033 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5034 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
5035 else
5036 vim_free(*clstr2);
5037 return;
5040 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
5041 ++count1;
5042 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
5043 ++count2;
5046 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
5048 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
5049 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
5052 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
5053 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
5054 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
5055 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
5057 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
5059 g1 = *clstr1;
5060 g2 = *clstr2;
5061 count = 0;
5064 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
5066 while (*g1 && *g2)
5069 * We always want to add from the first list.
5071 if (*g1 < *g2)
5073 if (round == 2)
5074 clstr[count] = *g1;
5075 count++;
5076 g1++;
5077 continue;
5080 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
5081 * lists.
5083 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5085 if (round == 2)
5086 clstr[count] = *g2;
5087 count++;
5089 if (*g1 == *g2)
5090 g1++;
5091 g2++;
5095 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
5096 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
5097 * we're adding the lists.
5099 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
5100 if (round == 2)
5101 clstr[count] = *g1;
5102 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
5103 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
5104 if (round == 2)
5105 clstr[count] = *g2;
5107 if (round == 1)
5110 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
5111 * space for it.
5113 if (count == 0)
5115 clstr = NULL;
5116 break;
5118 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
5119 if (clstr == NULL)
5120 break;
5121 clstr[count] = 0;
5126 * Finally, put the new list in place.
5128 vim_free(*clstr1);
5129 vim_free(*clstr2);
5130 *clstr1 = clstr;
5134 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
5135 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
5137 static int
5138 syn_scl_name2id(name)
5139 char_u *name;
5141 int i;
5142 char_u *name_u;
5144 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
5145 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
5146 if (name_u == NULL)
5147 return 0;
5148 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
5149 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
5150 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
5151 break;
5152 vim_free(name_u);
5153 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
5157 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
5159 static int
5160 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
5161 char_u *linep;
5162 int len;
5164 char_u *name;
5165 int id = 0;
5167 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
5168 if (name != NULL)
5170 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
5171 vim_free(name);
5173 return id;
5177 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
5178 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
5179 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
5180 * Return 0 for failure.
5182 static int
5183 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
5184 char_u *pp;
5185 int len;
5187 int id;
5188 char_u *name;
5190 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
5191 if (name == NULL)
5192 return 0;
5194 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
5195 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
5196 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
5197 else
5198 vim_free(name);
5199 return id;
5203 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
5204 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
5205 * Return 0 for failure.
5207 static int
5208 syn_add_cluster(name)
5209 char_u *name;
5211 int len;
5214 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
5216 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
5218 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
5219 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
5223 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
5225 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
5227 vim_free(name);
5228 return 0;
5230 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
5232 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
5233 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
5234 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
5235 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
5236 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
5238 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
5239 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5240 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
5241 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5243 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
5247 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
5248 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
5250 /* ARGSUSED */
5251 static void
5252 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
5253 exarg_T *eap;
5254 int syncing; /* not used */
5256 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
5257 char_u *group_name_end;
5258 char_u *rest;
5259 int scl_id;
5260 short *clstr_list;
5261 int got_clstr = FALSE;
5262 int opt_len;
5263 int list_op;
5265 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
5266 if (eap->skip)
5267 return;
5269 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
5271 if (rest != NULL)
5273 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
5274 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
5276 for (;;)
5278 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
5279 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
5281 opt_len = 3;
5282 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
5284 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
5285 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
5287 opt_len = 6;
5288 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
5290 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
5291 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
5293 opt_len = 8;
5294 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
5296 else
5297 break;
5299 clstr_list = NULL;
5300 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
5302 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
5303 break;
5305 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
5306 &clstr_list, list_op);
5307 got_clstr = TRUE;
5310 if (got_clstr)
5312 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
5313 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
5317 if (!got_clstr)
5318 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
5319 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
5320 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
5324 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
5326 static void
5327 init_syn_patterns()
5329 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
5330 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
5334 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
5335 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
5336 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
5338 static char_u *
5339 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
5340 char_u *arg;
5341 synpat_T *ci;
5343 char_u *end;
5344 int *p;
5345 int idx;
5346 char_u *cpo_save;
5348 /* need at least three chars */
5349 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
5350 return NULL;
5352 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
5353 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
5355 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
5356 return NULL;
5358 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
5359 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
5360 return NULL;
5362 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
5363 cpo_save = p_cpo;
5364 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
5365 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
5366 p_cpo = cpo_save;
5368 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
5369 return NULL;
5370 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
5373 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
5375 ++end;
5378 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
5379 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
5380 break;
5381 if (idx >= 0)
5383 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
5384 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
5385 switch (end[3])
5387 case 's': break;
5388 case 'b': break;
5389 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
5390 default: idx = -1; break;
5392 if (idx >= 0)
5394 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
5395 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
5397 end += 3;
5398 *p = getdigits(&end);
5400 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
5401 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
5403 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
5404 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
5407 else /* yy=x+99 */
5409 end += 4;
5410 if (*end == '+')
5412 ++end;
5413 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
5415 else if (*end == '-')
5417 ++end;
5418 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
5421 if (*end != ',')
5422 break;
5423 ++end;
5426 } while (idx >= 0);
5428 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
5430 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
5431 return NULL;
5433 return skipwhite(end);
5437 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
5439 /* ARGSUSED */
5440 static void
5441 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
5442 exarg_T *eap;
5443 int syncing; /* not used */
5445 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
5446 char_u *arg_end;
5447 char_u *key = NULL;
5448 char_u *next_arg;
5449 int illegal = FALSE;
5450 int finished = FALSE;
5451 long n;
5452 char_u *cpo_save;
5454 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
5456 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
5457 return;
5460 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
5462 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
5463 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
5464 vim_free(key);
5465 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
5466 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
5468 if (!eap->skip)
5469 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
5470 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
5472 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
5473 if (!eap->skip)
5474 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
5475 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
5476 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
5478 else if (!eap->skip)
5479 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
5481 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
5482 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
5483 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
5484 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
5486 if (key[4] == 'S')
5487 arg_end = key + 6;
5488 else if (key[0] == 'L')
5489 arg_end = key + 11;
5490 else
5491 arg_end = key + 9;
5492 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
5494 illegal = TRUE;
5495 break;
5497 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
5498 if (!eap->skip)
5500 if (key[4] == 'B')
5501 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
5502 else if (key[1] == 'A')
5503 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
5504 else
5505 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
5508 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
5510 if (!eap->skip)
5512 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
5513 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
5516 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
5518 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
5520 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
5521 finished = TRUE;
5522 break;
5524 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
5525 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
5527 illegal = TRUE;
5528 break;
5531 if (!eap->skip)
5533 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
5534 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
5535 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
5537 finished = TRUE;
5538 break;
5540 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
5542 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
5543 cpo_save = p_cpo;
5544 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
5545 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
5546 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
5547 p_cpo = cpo_save;
5549 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
5551 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
5552 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
5553 finished = TRUE;
5554 break;
5557 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
5559 else
5561 eap->arg = next_arg;
5562 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
5563 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
5564 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
5565 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
5566 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
5567 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
5568 else
5569 illegal = TRUE;
5570 finished = TRUE;
5571 break;
5573 arg_start = next_arg;
5575 vim_free(key);
5576 if (illegal)
5577 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
5578 else if (!finished)
5580 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
5581 redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
5582 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
5587 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
5588 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
5589 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
5590 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
5591 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
5593 static int
5594 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
5595 char_u **arg;
5596 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
5597 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
5598 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
5600 char_u *p = NULL;
5601 char_u *end;
5602 int round;
5603 int count;
5604 int total_count = 0;
5605 short *retval = NULL;
5606 char_u *name;
5607 regmatch_T regmatch;
5608 int id;
5609 int i;
5610 int failed = FALSE;
5613 * We parse the list twice:
5614 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
5615 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
5616 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
5617 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
5619 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
5622 * skip "contains"
5624 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
5625 if (*p != '=')
5627 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
5628 break;
5630 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
5631 if (ends_excmd(*p))
5633 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
5634 break;
5638 * parse the arguments after "contains"
5640 count = 0;
5641 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
5643 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
5645 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
5646 if (name == NULL)
5648 failed = TRUE;
5649 break;
5651 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p);
5652 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
5653 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
5654 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
5655 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
5657 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
5659 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
5660 failed = TRUE;
5661 vim_free(name);
5662 break;
5664 if (count != 0)
5666 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
5667 failed = TRUE;
5668 vim_free(name);
5669 break;
5671 if (name[1] == 'A')
5672 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
5673 else if (name[1] == 'T')
5674 id = SYNID_TOP;
5675 else
5676 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
5677 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
5679 else if (name[1] == '@')
5681 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
5683 else
5686 * Handle full group name.
5688 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
5689 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
5690 else
5693 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
5695 *name = '^';
5696 STRCAT(name, "$");
5697 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
5698 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
5700 failed = TRUE;
5701 vim_free(name);
5702 break;
5705 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
5706 id = 0;
5707 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
5709 if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
5710 (colnr_T)0))
5712 if (round == 2)
5714 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
5715 * when adding items that match:
5716 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
5717 * Go back to first round */
5718 if (count >= total_count)
5720 vim_free(retval);
5721 round = 1;
5723 else
5724 retval[count] = i + 1;
5726 ++count;
5727 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
5730 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
5733 vim_free(name);
5734 if (id == 0)
5736 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
5737 failed = TRUE;
5738 break;
5740 if (id > 0)
5742 if (round == 2)
5744 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
5745 if (count >= total_count)
5747 vim_free(retval);
5748 round = 1;
5750 else
5751 retval[count] = id;
5753 ++count;
5755 p = skipwhite(end);
5756 if (*p != ',')
5757 break;
5758 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
5760 if (failed)
5761 break;
5762 if (round == 1)
5764 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
5765 if (retval == NULL)
5766 break;
5767 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
5768 total_count = count;
5772 *arg = p;
5773 if (failed || retval == NULL)
5775 vim_free(retval);
5776 return FAIL;
5779 if (*list == NULL)
5780 *list = retval;
5781 else
5782 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
5784 return OK;
5788 * Make a copy of an ID list.
5790 static short *
5791 copy_id_list(list)
5792 short *list;
5794 int len;
5795 int count;
5796 short *retval;
5798 if (list == NULL)
5799 return NULL;
5801 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
5803 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
5804 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
5805 if (retval != NULL)
5806 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
5808 return retval;
5812 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
5813 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
5814 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
5815 * the current item.
5816 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
5818 static int
5819 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
5820 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
5821 short *list; /* id list */
5822 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
5823 int contained; /* group id is contained */
5825 int retval;
5826 short *scl_list;
5827 short item;
5828 short id = ssp->id;
5829 static int depth = 0;
5830 int r;
5832 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
5833 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
5834 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
5836 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
5837 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
5838 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
5839 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
5840 --cur_si;
5841 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
5842 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
5843 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
5844 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
5845 return TRUE;
5848 if (list == NULL)
5849 return FALSE;
5852 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
5853 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
5855 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
5856 return !contained;
5859 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
5860 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
5861 * level as the list.
5863 item = *list;
5864 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
5866 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
5868 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
5869 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
5870 return FALSE;
5872 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
5874 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
5875 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
5876 return FALSE;
5878 else
5880 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
5881 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
5882 return FALSE;
5884 item = *++list;
5885 retval = FALSE;
5887 else
5888 retval = TRUE;
5891 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
5893 while (item != 0)
5895 if (item == id)
5896 return retval;
5897 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
5899 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
5900 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
5901 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
5902 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
5904 ++depth;
5905 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
5906 --depth;
5907 if (r)
5908 return retval;
5911 item = *++list;
5913 return !retval;
5916 struct subcommand
5918 char *name; /* subcommand name */
5919 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
5922 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
5924 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
5925 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
5926 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
5927 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
5928 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
5929 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
5930 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
5931 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
5932 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
5933 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
5934 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
5935 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
5936 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
5937 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell},
5938 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
5939 {"", syn_cmd_list},
5940 {NULL, NULL}
5944 * ":syntax".
5945 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
5946 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
5948 void
5949 ex_syntax(eap)
5950 exarg_T *eap;
5952 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
5953 char_u *subcmd_end;
5954 char_u *subcmd_name;
5955 int i;
5957 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
5959 /* isolate subcommand name */
5960 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
5962 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
5963 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
5965 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
5966 ++emsg_skip;
5967 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
5969 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
5971 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
5972 break;
5974 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
5976 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
5977 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
5978 break;
5981 vim_free(subcmd_name);
5982 if (eap->skip)
5983 --emsg_skip;
5988 syntax_present(buf)
5989 buf_T *buf;
5991 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
5992 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
5993 || buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
5994 || buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
5997 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
5999 static enum
6001 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
6002 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
6003 } expand_what;
6006 * Reset include_link, include_default, include_none to 0.
6007 * Called when we are done expanding.
6009 void
6010 reset_expand_highlight()
6012 include_link = include_default = include_none = 0;
6016 * Handle command line completion for :match and :echohl command: Add "None"
6017 * as highlight group.
6019 void
6020 set_context_in_echohl_cmd(xp, arg)
6021 expand_T *xp;
6022 char_u *arg;
6024 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
6025 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
6026 include_none = 1;
6030 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
6032 void
6033 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
6034 expand_T *xp;
6035 char_u *arg;
6037 char_u *p;
6039 /* Default: expand subcommands */
6040 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
6041 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
6042 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
6043 include_link = 0;
6044 include_default = 0;
6046 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
6047 if (*arg != NUL)
6049 p = skiptowhite(arg);
6050 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
6052 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
6053 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
6054 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
6055 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
6056 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
6057 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
6058 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
6059 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
6060 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
6061 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
6062 else
6063 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
6068 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
6071 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
6072 * expansion.
6074 /*ARGSUSED*/
6075 char_u *
6076 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
6077 expand_T *xp;
6078 int idx;
6080 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
6081 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
6082 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
6085 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
6088 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
6091 syn_get_id(wp, lnum, col, trans, spellp, keep_state)
6092 win_T *wp;
6093 long lnum;
6094 colnr_T col;
6095 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
6096 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */
6097 int keep_state; /* keep state of char at "col" */
6099 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
6100 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
6101 if (wp->w_buffer != syn_buf
6102 || lnum != current_lnum
6103 || col < current_col)
6104 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
6106 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp, keep_state);
6108 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
6111 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
6113 * Return the syntax ID at position "i" in the current stack.
6114 * The caller must have called syn_get_id() before to fill the stack.
6115 * Returns -1 when "i" is out of range.
6118 syn_get_stack_item(i)
6119 int i;
6121 if (i >= current_state.ga_len)
6123 /* Need to invalidate the state, because we didn't properly finish it
6124 * for the last character, "keep_state" was TRUE. */
6125 invalidate_current_state();
6126 current_col = MAXCOL;
6127 return -1;
6129 return CUR_STATE(i).si_id;
6131 #endif
6133 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
6135 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
6138 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
6139 win_T *wp;
6140 long lnum;
6142 int level = 0;
6143 int i;
6145 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
6146 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
6148 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
6150 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
6151 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
6152 ++level;
6154 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
6156 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
6157 if (level < 0)
6158 level = 0;
6160 return level;
6162 #endif
6164 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
6167 /**************************************
6168 * Highlighting stuff *
6169 **************************************/
6172 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
6173 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
6174 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
6175 * The #ifdefs are needed to reduce the amount of static data. Helps to make
6176 * the 16 bit DOS (museum) version compile.
6178 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6179 # define CENT(a, b) b
6180 #else
6181 # define CENT(a, b) a
6182 #endif
6183 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
6185 CENT("ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White",
6186 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White"),
6187 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
6188 CENT("IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6189 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6190 #endif
6191 CENT("ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold",
6192 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
6193 CENT("NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue",
6194 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue"),
6195 CENT("StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold",
6196 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold"),
6197 CENT("StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6198 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6199 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6200 CENT("VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6201 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6202 #endif
6203 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6204 CENT("VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold",
6205 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold"),
6206 #endif
6207 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6208 CENT("DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red",
6209 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red"),
6210 #endif
6211 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6212 CENT("PmenuThumb cterm=reverse",
6213 "PmenuThumb cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6214 CENT("PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey",
6215 "PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey guibg=Grey"),
6216 #endif
6217 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6218 CENT("TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold",
6219 "TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
6220 CENT("TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse",
6221 "TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
6222 #endif
6223 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6224 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
6225 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
6226 #endif
6227 NULL
6230 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
6232 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6233 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
6234 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown",
6235 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown"),
6236 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen",
6237 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6238 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen",
6239 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6240 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE",
6241 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE"),
6242 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6243 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed",
6244 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
6245 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue",
6246 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
6247 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6248 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
6249 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
6250 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl"),
6251 #endif
6252 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6253 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6254 "Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
6255 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey",
6256 "PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey"),
6257 #endif
6258 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6259 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
6260 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta",
6261 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
6262 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed",
6263 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red"),
6264 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
6265 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6266 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6267 #endif
6268 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6269 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6270 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6271 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6272 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6273 #endif
6274 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6275 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
6276 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
6277 #endif
6278 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6279 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
6280 "Visual term=reverse guibg=LightGrey"),
6281 #endif
6282 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6283 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue",
6284 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue"),
6285 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta",
6286 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
6287 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan",
6288 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan"),
6289 #endif
6290 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6291 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey",
6292 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey gui=underline guibg=LightGrey"),
6293 #endif
6294 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6295 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey",
6296 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey90"),
6297 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
6298 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey90"),
6299 #endif
6300 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6301 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan",
6302 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan guibg=Cyan"),
6303 #endif
6304 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6305 "Normal gui=NONE",
6306 #endif
6307 NULL
6310 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
6312 CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan",
6313 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan"),
6314 CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow",
6315 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow"),
6316 CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen",
6317 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
6318 CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen",
6319 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green"),
6320 CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6321 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6322 CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue",
6323 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan"),
6324 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6325 CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red",
6326 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
6327 CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue",
6328 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
6329 CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta",
6330 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
6331 CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
6332 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl"),
6333 #endif
6334 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
6335 CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta",
6336 "Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta guibg=Magenta"),
6337 CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6338 "PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey"),
6339 #endif
6340 CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta",
6341 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
6342 CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed",
6343 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red"),
6344 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
6345 CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
6346 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
6347 #endif
6348 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6349 CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6350 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan"),
6351 CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6352 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
6353 #endif
6354 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6355 CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
6356 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
6357 #endif
6358 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
6359 CENT("Visual term=reverse",
6360 "Visual term=reverse guibg=DarkGrey"),
6361 #endif
6362 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6363 CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue",
6364 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue"),
6365 CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta",
6366 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta"),
6367 CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan",
6368 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan"),
6369 #endif
6370 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6371 CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6372 "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey gui=underline guibg=DarkGrey"),
6373 #endif
6374 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6375 CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey",
6376 "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=Grey40"),
6377 CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
6378 "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey40"),
6379 #endif
6380 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6381 CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan",
6382 "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan guibg=DarkCyan"),
6383 #endif
6384 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6385 "Normal gui=NONE",
6386 #endif
6387 NULL
6390 void
6391 init_highlight(both, reset)
6392 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
6393 int reset; /* clear group first */
6395 int i;
6396 char **pp;
6397 static int had_both = FALSE;
6398 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6399 char_u *p;
6402 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
6403 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
6405 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
6406 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
6407 return;
6408 #endif
6411 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
6413 if (both)
6415 had_both = TRUE;
6416 pp = highlight_init_both;
6417 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
6418 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
6420 else if (!had_both)
6421 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
6422 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
6423 * everything anyway. */
6424 return;
6426 if (*p_bg == 'l')
6427 pp = highlight_init_light;
6428 else
6429 pp = highlight_init_dark;
6430 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
6431 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
6433 /* Reverse looks ugly, but grey may not work for 8 colors. Thus let it
6434 * depend on the number of colors available.
6435 * With 8 colors brown is equal to yellow, need to use black for Search fg
6436 * to avoid Statement highlighted text disappears. */
6437 if (t_colors > 8)
6438 do_highlight((char_u *)(*p_bg == 'l' ? "Visual ctermbg=LightGrey"
6439 : "Visual ctermbg=DarkGrey"), FALSE, TRUE);
6440 else
6442 do_highlight((char_u *)"Visual cterm=reverse", FALSE, TRUE);
6443 if (*p_bg == 'l')
6444 do_highlight((char_u *)"Search ctermfg=black", FALSE, TRUE);
6447 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6449 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
6451 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
6453 static int recursive = 0;
6455 if (recursive >= 5)
6456 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
6457 else
6459 ++recursive;
6460 (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
6461 --recursive;
6464 #endif
6468 * Load color file "name".
6469 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
6472 load_colors(name)
6473 char_u *name;
6475 char_u *buf;
6476 int retval = FAIL;
6477 static int recursive = FALSE;
6479 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
6480 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
6481 * working, thus we should return OK. */
6482 if (recursive)
6483 return OK;
6485 recursive = TRUE;
6486 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
6487 if (buf != NULL)
6489 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
6490 retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE);
6491 vim_free(buf);
6492 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6493 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
6494 #endif
6496 recursive = FALSE;
6498 return retval;
6502 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
6503 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
6504 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
6506 void
6507 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
6508 char_u *line;
6509 int forceit;
6510 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
6512 char_u *name_end;
6513 char_u *p;
6514 char_u *linep;
6515 char_u *key_start;
6516 char_u *arg_start;
6517 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
6518 long i;
6519 int off;
6520 int len;
6521 int attr;
6522 int id;
6523 int idx;
6524 int dodefault = FALSE;
6525 int doclear = FALSE;
6526 int dolink = FALSE;
6527 int error = FALSE;
6528 int color;
6529 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
6530 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6531 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
6532 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
6533 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
6534 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
6535 #else
6536 # define is_menu_group 0
6537 # define is_tooltip_group 0
6538 #endif
6541 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
6543 if (ends_excmd(*line))
6545 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
6546 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
6547 highlight_list_one((int)i);
6548 return;
6552 * Isolate the name.
6554 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6555 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6558 * Check for "default" argument.
6560 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
6562 dodefault = TRUE;
6563 line = linep;
6564 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6565 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6569 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
6571 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
6572 doclear = TRUE;
6573 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
6574 dolink = TRUE;
6577 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
6579 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
6581 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
6582 if (id == 0)
6583 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
6584 else
6585 highlight_list_one(id);
6586 return;
6590 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
6592 if (dolink)
6594 char_u *from_start = linep;
6595 char_u *from_end;
6596 char_u *to_start;
6597 char_u *to_end;
6598 int from_id;
6599 int to_id;
6601 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
6602 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
6603 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
6605 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
6607 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
6608 from_start);
6609 return;
6612 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
6614 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
6615 return;
6618 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
6619 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
6620 to_id = 0;
6621 else
6622 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
6624 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
6627 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
6628 * for the group, unless '!' is used
6630 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
6631 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
6633 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
6634 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
6636 else
6638 if (!init)
6639 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
6640 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
6641 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6642 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
6643 #endif
6644 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID);
6648 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
6649 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
6651 return;
6654 if (doclear)
6657 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
6659 line = linep;
6660 if (ends_excmd(*line))
6662 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6663 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
6664 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
6665 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
6666 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
6667 * invalid because they were free'd.
6669 if (gui.in_use)
6671 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
6672 gui_init_tooltip_font();
6673 # endif
6674 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
6675 gui_init_menu_font();
6676 # endif
6678 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) \
6679 || defined(FEAT_GUI_MACVIM)
6680 gui_mch_def_colors();
6681 # endif
6682 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6683 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
6685 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
6686 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
6688 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
6689 # endif
6690 if (gui.in_use)
6692 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
6693 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
6694 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
6695 # endif
6696 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
6697 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
6698 # endif
6700 # endif
6702 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
6703 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
6704 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
6706 #endif
6707 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6708 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
6709 #endif
6710 restore_cterm_colors();
6713 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
6715 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
6716 highlight_clear(idx);
6717 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
6718 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6719 if (gui.in_use)
6720 highlight_gui_started();
6721 #endif
6722 highlight_changed();
6723 redraw_later_clear();
6724 return;
6726 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
6727 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
6731 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
6733 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
6734 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
6735 return;
6736 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
6738 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
6739 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
6740 return;
6742 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
6743 is_normal_group = TRUE;
6744 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
6745 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
6746 is_menu_group = TRUE;
6747 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
6748 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
6749 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
6750 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
6751 #endif
6753 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
6754 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
6756 highlight_clear(idx);
6757 if (!doclear)
6758 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
6761 if (!doclear)
6762 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
6764 key_start = linep;
6765 if (*linep == '=')
6767 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
6768 error = TRUE;
6769 break;
6773 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
6774 * "guibg").
6776 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
6777 ++linep;
6778 vim_free(key);
6779 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
6780 if (key == NULL)
6782 error = TRUE;
6783 break;
6785 linep = skipwhite(linep);
6787 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
6789 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
6791 if (!init)
6792 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
6793 highlight_clear(idx);
6795 continue;
6799 * Check for the equal sign.
6801 if (*linep != '=')
6803 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
6804 error = TRUE;
6805 break;
6807 ++linep;
6810 * Isolate the argument.
6812 linep = skipwhite(linep);
6813 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
6815 arg_start = ++linep;
6816 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
6817 if (linep == NULL)
6819 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
6820 error = TRUE;
6821 break;
6824 else
6826 arg_start = linep;
6827 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
6829 if (linep == arg_start)
6831 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
6832 error = TRUE;
6833 break;
6835 vim_free(arg);
6836 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
6837 if (arg == NULL)
6839 error = TRUE;
6840 break;
6842 if (*linep == '\'')
6843 ++linep;
6846 * Store the argument.
6848 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
6849 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
6850 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
6852 attr = 0;
6853 off = 0;
6854 while (arg[off] != NUL)
6856 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
6858 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
6859 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
6861 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
6862 off += len;
6863 break;
6866 if (i < 0)
6868 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
6869 error = TRUE;
6870 break;
6872 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
6873 ++off;
6875 if (error)
6876 break;
6877 if (*key == 'T')
6879 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
6881 if (!init)
6882 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
6883 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
6886 else if (*key == 'C')
6888 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
6890 if (!init)
6891 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
6892 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
6893 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
6896 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6897 else
6899 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
6901 if (!init)
6902 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
6903 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
6906 #endif
6908 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
6910 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
6911 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6912 if (!gui.shell_created)
6914 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
6915 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6916 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6918 else
6920 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
6921 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6922 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
6923 # endif
6924 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
6925 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
6926 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
6927 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
6930 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
6931 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6932 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
6933 # endif
6934 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
6935 is_tooltip_group);
6937 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
6938 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
6940 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
6941 * one.
6943 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
6944 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6945 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6947 else
6948 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
6949 # endif
6950 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
6952 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
6953 * one.
6955 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
6956 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
6957 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
6959 else
6960 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
6962 #endif
6964 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
6966 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
6968 if (!init)
6969 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
6971 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
6972 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
6973 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
6975 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
6976 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
6979 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
6980 color = atoi((char *)arg);
6981 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
6983 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
6984 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
6985 else
6987 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
6988 error = TRUE;
6989 break;
6992 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
6994 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
6995 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
6996 else
6998 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
6999 error = TRUE;
7000 break;
7003 else
7005 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
7006 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
7007 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
7008 "Gray", "Grey",
7009 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
7010 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
7011 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
7012 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
7013 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
7014 4, 5, 6, 6,
7015 7, 7,
7016 7, 7, 8, 8,
7017 9, 9, 10, 10,
7018 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
7019 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
7020 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
7021 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
7022 1, 5, 32, 72,
7023 84, 84,
7024 7, 7, 82, 82,
7025 12, 43, 10, 61,
7026 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
7027 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
7028 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
7029 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
7030 1, 5, 130, 130,
7031 248, 248,
7032 7, 7, 242, 242,
7033 12, 81, 10, 121,
7034 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
7035 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
7036 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
7037 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
7038 1, 5, 3, 3,
7039 7, 7,
7040 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
7041 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
7042 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
7043 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
7044 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
7045 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
7046 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
7047 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
7048 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
7049 #endif
7051 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
7052 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
7053 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
7054 if (off == color_names[i][0]
7055 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
7056 break;
7057 if (i < 0)
7059 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
7060 error = TRUE;
7061 break;
7064 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
7065 color = color_numbers_16[i];
7066 if (color >= 0)
7068 if (t_colors == 8)
7070 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
7071 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
7072 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
7073 #else
7074 color = color_numbers_8[i];
7075 #endif
7076 if (key[5] == 'F')
7078 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
7079 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
7080 if (color & 8)
7082 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
7083 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
7085 else
7086 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
7088 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
7090 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
7091 || t_colors == 256)
7094 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
7095 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
7096 * order for colors.
7098 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
7099 p = T_CAF;
7100 else
7101 p = T_CSF;
7102 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
7103 switch (t_colors)
7105 case 16:
7106 color = color_numbers_8[i];
7107 break;
7108 case 88:
7109 color = color_numbers_88[i];
7110 break;
7111 case 256:
7112 color = color_numbers_256[i];
7113 break;
7118 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
7119 if (key[5] == 'F')
7121 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
7122 if (is_normal_group)
7124 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
7125 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
7126 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7127 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
7128 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
7129 #endif
7131 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7132 if (termcap_active)
7133 term_fg_color(color);
7137 else
7139 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
7140 if (is_normal_group)
7142 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
7143 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7144 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
7145 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
7146 #endif
7148 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7149 if (termcap_active)
7150 term_bg_color(color);
7151 if (t_colors < 16)
7152 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
7153 else
7154 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
7155 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
7156 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
7157 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
7158 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
7164 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
7166 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
7167 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7169 if (!init)
7170 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7172 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7173 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7175 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
7176 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
7177 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
7178 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7179 else
7180 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
7181 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7182 if (is_menu_group)
7183 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
7184 if (is_scrollbar_group)
7185 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
7186 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7187 if (is_tooltip_group)
7188 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
7189 # endif
7190 do_colors = TRUE;
7191 # endif
7194 #endif
7196 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
7198 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
7199 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7201 if (!init)
7202 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7204 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7205 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7207 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
7208 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
7209 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
7210 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7211 else
7212 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
7213 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7214 if (is_menu_group)
7215 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
7216 if (is_scrollbar_group)
7217 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
7218 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7219 if (is_tooltip_group)
7220 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
7221 # endif
7222 do_colors = TRUE;
7223 # endif
7226 #endif
7228 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
7230 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
7231 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
7233 if (!init)
7234 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
7236 i = color_name2handle(arg);
7237 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
7239 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
7240 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
7241 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
7242 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
7243 else
7244 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
7247 #endif
7249 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
7251 char_u buf[100];
7252 char_u *tname;
7254 if (!init)
7255 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
7258 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
7259 * sequence, or a comma separated list of terminal codes.
7261 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
7263 off = 0;
7264 buf[0] = 0;
7265 while (arg[off] != NUL)
7267 /* Isolate one termcap name */
7268 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
7269 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
7271 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
7272 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
7274 error = TRUE;
7275 break;
7277 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
7278 p = get_term_code(tname);
7279 vim_free(tname);
7280 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
7281 p = (char_u *)"";
7283 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
7284 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
7286 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
7287 error = TRUE;
7288 break;
7290 STRCAT(buf, p);
7292 /* Advance to the next item */
7293 off += len;
7294 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
7295 ++off;
7298 else
7301 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
7303 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
7305 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
7306 if (len) /* recognized special char */
7307 off += len;
7308 else /* copy as normal char */
7309 buf[off++] = *p++;
7311 buf[off] = NUL;
7313 if (error)
7314 break;
7316 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
7317 p = NULL;
7318 else
7319 p = vim_strsave(buf);
7320 if (key[2] == 'A')
7322 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
7323 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
7325 else
7327 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
7328 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
7331 else
7333 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
7334 error = TRUE;
7335 break;
7339 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
7341 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
7342 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
7345 * Continue with next argument.
7347 linep = skipwhite(linep);
7351 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
7353 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
7354 syn_unadd_group();
7355 else
7357 if (is_normal_group)
7359 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
7360 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
7361 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7362 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
7364 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
7365 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
7367 if (gui.in_use)
7368 highlight_gui_started();
7369 #endif
7371 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7372 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
7373 else if (is_menu_group)
7375 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7376 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
7378 # endif
7379 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
7381 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7382 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
7384 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7385 else if (is_tooltip_group)
7387 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
7388 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
7390 # endif
7391 #endif
7392 else
7393 set_hl_attr(idx);
7394 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7395 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
7396 #endif
7397 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
7399 vim_free(key);
7400 vim_free(arg);
7402 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
7403 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
7406 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
7407 void
7408 free_highlight()
7410 int i;
7412 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
7414 highlight_clear(i);
7415 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name);
7416 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u);
7418 ga_clear(&highlight_ga);
7420 #endif
7423 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
7424 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
7426 void
7427 restore_cterm_colors()
7429 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
7430 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
7431 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
7432 * background/foreground colors. */
7433 mch_set_normal_colors();
7434 #else
7435 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
7436 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
7437 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
7438 #endif
7442 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
7443 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
7445 static int
7446 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
7447 int idx;
7448 int check_link;
7450 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
7451 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
7452 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7453 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
7454 #endif
7455 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
7459 * Clear highlighting for one group.
7461 static void
7462 highlight_clear(idx)
7463 int idx;
7465 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
7466 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
7467 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
7468 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
7469 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
7470 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
7471 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
7472 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
7473 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
7474 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
7475 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
7476 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
7477 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
7478 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
7479 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
7480 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
7481 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
7482 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
7483 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
7484 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
7485 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
7486 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
7487 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
7488 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
7489 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7490 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
7491 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
7492 # endif
7493 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
7494 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
7495 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
7496 #endif
7497 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7498 /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not
7499 * cleared. */
7500 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0)
7501 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0;
7502 #endif
7505 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
7507 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
7508 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
7509 * "Tooltip" colors.
7511 void
7512 set_normal_colors()
7514 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
7515 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
7516 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
7518 gui_mch_new_colors();
7519 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7521 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
7522 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
7523 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
7524 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
7526 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
7527 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
7528 # endif
7529 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7531 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7532 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
7533 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
7534 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
7536 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
7537 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
7538 # endif
7539 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7541 #endif
7542 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
7543 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
7544 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
7546 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
7547 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7549 #endif
7553 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
7555 static int
7556 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
7557 char_u *name;
7558 guicolor_T *fgp;
7559 guicolor_T *bgp;
7560 int do_menu;
7561 int use_norm;
7562 int do_tooltip;
7564 int idx;
7566 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
7567 if (idx >= 0)
7569 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
7571 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
7572 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
7573 else if (use_norm)
7574 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
7575 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
7576 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
7577 else if (use_norm)
7578 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
7579 return TRUE;
7581 return FALSE;
7585 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
7586 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
7588 char_u *
7589 hl_get_font_name()
7591 int id;
7592 char_u *s;
7594 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7595 if (id > 0)
7597 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
7598 if (s != NULL)
7599 return s;
7601 return (char_u *)"";
7605 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
7606 * actually chosen to be used.
7608 void
7609 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
7610 char_u *font_name;
7612 int id;
7614 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7615 if (id > 0)
7617 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
7618 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
7623 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
7624 * when the color is known.
7626 void
7627 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
7628 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
7630 int id;
7632 if (name != NULL)
7634 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7635 if (id > 0)
7637 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
7638 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
7644 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
7645 * when the color is known.
7647 void
7648 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
7649 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
7651 int id;
7653 if (name != NULL)
7655 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
7656 if (id > 0)
7658 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
7659 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
7665 * Return the handle for a color name.
7666 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
7668 static guicolor_T
7669 color_name2handle(name)
7670 char_u *name;
7672 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7673 return INVALCOLOR;
7675 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
7676 return gui.norm_pixel;
7677 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
7678 return gui.back_pixel;
7680 return gui_get_color(name);
7684 * Return the handle for a font name.
7685 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
7687 static GuiFont
7688 font_name2handle(name)
7689 char_u *name;
7691 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7692 return NOFONT;
7694 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
7697 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7699 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
7700 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
7702 static GuiFontset
7703 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
7704 char_u *name;
7705 int fixed_width;
7707 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
7708 return NOFONTSET;
7710 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
7712 # endif
7715 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
7717 /*ARGSUSED*/
7718 static void
7719 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
7720 int idx;
7721 char_u *arg;
7722 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
7723 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
7724 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
7726 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7727 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
7728 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
7729 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
7730 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7731 || do_menu
7732 # endif
7733 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
7734 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
7735 || do_tooltip
7736 # endif
7738 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
7739 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7740 || do_menu
7741 # endif
7742 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
7743 || do_tooltip
7744 # endif
7746 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
7748 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
7749 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
7750 if (do_normal)
7751 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
7752 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
7753 if (do_menu)
7755 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7756 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7757 # else
7758 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
7759 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7760 # endif
7761 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
7763 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
7764 if (do_tooltip)
7766 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
7767 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
7768 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
7769 * creation, then a fontset is always used, otherwise an
7770 * XFontStruct is used.
7772 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
7773 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
7775 # endif
7776 # endif
7778 else
7779 # endif
7781 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
7782 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
7783 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
7784 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
7786 if (do_normal)
7787 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
7788 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
7789 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
7790 if (do_menu)
7792 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
7793 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
7795 # endif
7796 #endif
7801 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
7804 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
7805 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
7806 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
7808 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7810 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7812 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7814 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7816 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7817 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
7819 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
7820 #endif
7823 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
7824 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
7825 * if the combination is new.
7826 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
7828 static int
7829 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
7830 garray_T *table;
7831 attrentry_T *aep;
7833 int i;
7834 attrentry_T *taep;
7835 static int recursive = FALSE;
7838 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
7840 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
7841 table->ga_growsize = 7;
7844 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
7846 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
7848 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
7849 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr
7850 && (
7851 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7852 (table == &gui_attr_table
7853 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color
7854 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
7855 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
7856 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
7857 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
7858 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font
7859 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7860 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset
7861 # endif
7864 #endif
7865 (table == &term_attr_table
7866 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7867 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7868 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
7869 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
7870 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
7871 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7872 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7873 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
7874 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
7875 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
7876 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
7877 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
7878 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
7879 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color
7880 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
7883 return i + ATTR_OFF;
7886 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
7889 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
7890 * compute new ones for all groups.
7891 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
7893 if (recursive)
7895 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
7896 return 0;
7898 recursive = TRUE;
7900 clear_hl_tables();
7902 must_redraw = CLEAR;
7904 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
7905 set_hl_attr(i);
7907 recursive = FALSE;
7911 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
7913 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
7914 return 0;
7916 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
7917 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
7918 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
7919 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7920 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
7922 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
7923 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
7924 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
7925 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
7926 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
7927 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
7928 # endif
7930 #endif
7931 if (table == &term_attr_table)
7933 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
7934 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
7935 else
7936 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
7937 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
7938 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
7939 else
7940 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
7942 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
7944 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
7945 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
7947 ++table->ga_len;
7948 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
7952 * Clear all highlight tables.
7954 void
7955 clear_hl_tables()
7957 int i;
7958 attrentry_T *taep;
7960 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7961 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
7962 #endif
7963 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i)
7965 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]);
7966 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start);
7967 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop);
7969 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
7970 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
7973 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
7975 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes
7976 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting).
7977 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr".
7978 * This creates a new group when required.
7979 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
7980 * result.
7981 * Return the resulting attributes.
7984 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr)
7985 int char_attr;
7986 int prim_attr;
7988 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
7989 attrentry_T *spell_aep;
7990 attrentry_T new_en;
7992 if (char_attr == 0)
7993 return prim_attr;
7994 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
7995 return char_attr | prim_attr;
7996 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7997 if (gui.in_use)
7999 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
8000 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
8001 if (char_aep != NULL)
8002 new_en = *char_aep;
8003 else
8005 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
8006 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = INVALCOLOR;
8007 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = INVALCOLOR;
8008 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = INVALCOLOR;
8009 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
8010 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
8013 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8014 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
8015 else
8017 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr);
8018 if (spell_aep != NULL)
8020 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
8021 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
8022 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
8023 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
8024 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
8025 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
8026 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
8027 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
8028 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
8029 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8030 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
8031 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
8032 # endif
8035 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
8037 #endif
8039 if (t_colors > 1)
8041 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
8042 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
8043 if (char_aep != NULL)
8044 new_en = *char_aep;
8045 else
8047 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
8048 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
8049 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
8052 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8053 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
8054 else
8056 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
8057 if (spell_aep != NULL)
8059 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
8060 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
8061 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
8062 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
8063 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
8066 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
8069 if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
8070 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
8071 if (char_aep != NULL)
8072 new_en = *char_aep;
8073 else
8075 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
8076 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
8077 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
8080 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
8081 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
8082 else
8084 spell_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(prim_attr);
8085 if (spell_aep != NULL)
8087 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
8088 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
8090 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
8091 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
8095 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
8097 #endif
8099 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8101 attrentry_T *
8102 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
8103 int attr;
8105 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8106 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8107 return NULL;
8108 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8110 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
8113 * Get the highlight attributes (HL_BOLD etc.) from an attribute nr.
8114 * Only to be used when "attr" > HL_ALL.
8117 syn_attr2attr(attr)
8118 int attr;
8120 attrentry_T *aep;
8122 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8123 if (gui.in_use)
8124 aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(attr);
8125 else
8126 #endif
8127 if (t_colors > 1)
8128 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
8129 else
8130 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
8132 if (aep == NULL) /* highlighting not set */
8133 return 0;
8134 return aep->ae_attr;
8138 attrentry_T *
8139 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
8140 int attr;
8142 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8143 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8144 return NULL;
8145 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8148 attrentry_T *
8149 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
8150 int attr;
8152 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
8153 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
8154 return NULL;
8155 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
8158 #define LIST_ATTR 1
8159 #define LIST_STRING 2
8160 #define LIST_INT 3
8162 static void
8163 highlight_list_one(id)
8164 int id;
8166 struct hl_group *sgp;
8167 int didh = FALSE;
8169 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8171 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8172 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
8173 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8174 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
8175 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8176 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
8178 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8179 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
8180 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
8181 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
8182 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
8183 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
8185 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8186 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
8187 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
8188 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8189 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
8190 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8191 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
8192 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8193 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
8194 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
8195 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
8196 #endif
8198 if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int)
8200 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
8201 didh = TRUE;
8202 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
8203 msg_putchar(' ');
8204 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
8207 if (!didh)
8208 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 0, (char_u *)"cleared", "");
8209 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8210 if (p_verbose > 0)
8211 last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID);
8212 #endif
8215 static int
8216 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
8217 int id;
8218 int didh;
8219 int type;
8220 int iarg;
8221 char_u *sarg;
8222 char *name;
8224 char_u buf[100];
8225 char_u *ts;
8226 int i;
8228 if (got_int)
8229 return FALSE;
8230 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
8232 ts = buf;
8233 if (type == LIST_INT)
8234 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
8235 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
8236 ts = sarg;
8237 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
8239 buf[0] = NUL;
8240 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
8242 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
8244 if (buf[0] != NUL)
8245 STRCAT(buf, ",");
8246 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
8247 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
8252 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
8253 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
8254 didh = TRUE;
8255 if (!got_int)
8257 if (*name != NUL)
8259 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
8260 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
8262 msg_outtrans(ts);
8265 return didh;
8268 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
8270 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
8271 * Return NULL otherwise.
8273 char_u *
8274 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
8275 int id;
8276 int flag;
8277 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
8279 int attr;
8281 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8282 return NULL;
8284 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8285 if (modec == 'g')
8286 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
8287 else
8288 #endif
8289 if (modec == 'c')
8290 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
8291 else
8292 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
8294 if (attr & flag)
8295 return (char_u *)"1";
8296 return NULL;
8298 #endif
8300 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
8302 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
8304 char_u *
8305 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
8306 int id;
8307 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
8308 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
8310 static char_u name[20];
8311 int n;
8312 int fg = FALSE;
8313 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8314 int sp = FALSE;
8315 # endif
8317 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8318 return NULL;
8320 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
8321 fg = TRUE;
8322 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8323 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
8324 sp = TRUE;
8325 if (modec == 'g')
8327 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
8328 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
8330 guicolor_T color;
8331 long_u rgb;
8332 static char_u buf[10];
8334 if (fg)
8335 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
8336 else if (sp)
8337 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
8338 else
8339 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
8340 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
8341 return NULL;
8342 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
8343 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
8344 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
8345 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
8346 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
8347 return buf;
8349 if (fg)
8350 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
8351 if (sp)
8352 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
8353 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
8355 # endif
8356 if (modec == 'c')
8358 if (fg)
8359 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
8360 else
8361 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
8362 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
8363 return name;
8365 /* term doesn't have color */
8366 return NULL;
8368 #endif
8370 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
8371 || defined(PROTO)
8373 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
8375 long_u
8376 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
8377 int id;
8378 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
8380 guicolor_T color;
8382 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8383 return 0L;
8385 if (fg)
8386 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
8387 else
8388 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
8390 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
8391 return 0L;
8393 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
8395 #endif
8398 * Output the syntax list header.
8399 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
8401 static int
8402 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
8403 int did_header; /* did header already */
8404 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
8405 int id; /* highlight group id */
8407 int endcol = 19;
8408 int newline = TRUE;
8410 if (!did_header)
8412 msg_putchar('\n');
8413 if (got_int)
8414 return TRUE;
8415 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
8416 endcol = 15;
8418 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
8420 msg_putchar('\n');
8421 if (got_int)
8422 return TRUE;
8424 else
8426 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
8427 newline = FALSE;
8430 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
8431 endcol = msg_col + 1;
8432 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
8433 endcol = Columns - 1;
8435 msg_advance(endcol);
8437 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
8438 if (!did_header)
8440 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
8441 msg_putchar(' ');
8444 return newline;
8448 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
8449 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
8451 static void
8452 set_hl_attr(idx)
8453 int idx; /* index in array */
8455 attrentry_T at_en;
8456 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
8458 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
8459 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
8460 return;
8462 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8464 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
8465 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8467 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
8468 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
8469 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
8470 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
8471 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8472 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
8473 # endif
8476 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
8478 else
8480 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
8481 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
8482 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
8483 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
8484 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
8485 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
8486 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
8487 # endif
8488 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
8490 #endif
8492 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
8493 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8495 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
8496 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
8497 else
8499 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
8500 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
8501 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
8502 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
8506 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
8507 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
8509 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
8510 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
8511 else
8513 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
8514 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
8515 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
8516 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
8521 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
8522 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
8525 syn_name2id(name)
8526 char_u *name;
8528 int i;
8529 char_u name_u[200];
8531 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
8532 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
8533 * don't deserve to be found! */
8534 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199);
8535 vim_strup(name_u);
8536 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
8537 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
8538 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
8539 break;
8540 return i + 1;
8543 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8545 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
8548 highlight_exists(name)
8549 char_u *name;
8551 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
8554 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
8556 * Return the name of highlight group "id".
8557 * When not a valid ID return an empty string.
8559 char_u *
8560 syn_id2name(id)
8561 int id;
8563 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8564 return (char_u *)"";
8565 return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name;
8567 # endif
8568 #endif
8571 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
8574 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
8575 char_u *linep;
8576 int len;
8578 char_u *name;
8579 int id = 0;
8581 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
8582 if (name != NULL)
8584 id = syn_name2id(name);
8585 vim_free(name);
8587 return id;
8591 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
8592 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
8593 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
8594 * Return 0 for failure.
8597 syn_check_group(pp, len)
8598 char_u *pp;
8599 int len;
8601 int id;
8602 char_u *name;
8604 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
8605 if (name == NULL)
8606 return 0;
8608 id = syn_name2id(name);
8609 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
8610 id = syn_add_group(name);
8611 else
8612 vim_free(name);
8613 return id;
8617 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
8618 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
8619 * Return 0 for failure.
8621 static int
8622 syn_add_group(name)
8623 char_u *name;
8625 char_u *p;
8627 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
8628 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
8630 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
8632 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
8633 return 0;
8635 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
8637 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
8638 * give a warning. */
8639 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
8640 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
8641 break;
8646 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
8648 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
8650 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
8651 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
8655 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
8657 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
8659 vim_free(name);
8660 return 0;
8663 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
8664 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
8665 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
8666 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8667 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
8668 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
8669 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
8670 #endif
8671 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
8673 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
8677 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
8678 * function deletes the new name.
8680 static void
8681 syn_unadd_group()
8683 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
8684 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
8685 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
8689 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
8692 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
8693 int hl_id;
8695 int attr;
8696 struct hl_group *sgp;
8698 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
8699 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8701 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8703 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
8705 if (gui.in_use)
8706 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
8707 else
8708 #endif
8709 if (t_colors > 1)
8710 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
8711 else
8712 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
8714 return attr;
8717 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8719 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
8720 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
8723 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
8724 int hl_id;
8725 guicolor_T *fgp;
8726 guicolor_T *bgp;
8728 struct hl_group *sgp;
8730 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
8731 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8733 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
8734 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
8735 return sgp->sg_gui;
8737 #endif
8740 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
8743 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
8744 int hl_id;
8746 int count;
8747 struct hl_group *sgp;
8749 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
8750 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
8753 * Follow links until there is no more.
8754 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
8756 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
8758 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
8759 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
8760 break;
8761 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
8764 return hl_id;
8767 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8769 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
8770 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
8772 void
8773 highlight_gui_started()
8775 int idx;
8777 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
8778 set_normal_colors();
8780 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
8781 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
8783 highlight_changed();
8786 static void
8787 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
8788 int idx;
8789 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
8790 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
8792 int didit = FALSE;
8794 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
8796 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
8797 do_tooltip);
8798 didit = TRUE;
8800 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
8802 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
8803 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
8804 didit = TRUE;
8806 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
8808 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
8809 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
8810 didit = TRUE;
8812 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
8814 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
8815 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
8816 didit = TRUE;
8818 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
8819 set_hl_attr(idx);
8822 #endif
8825 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
8826 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
8827 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
8828 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
8829 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
8830 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
8833 highlight_changed()
8835 int hlf;
8836 int i;
8837 char_u *p;
8838 int attr;
8839 char_u *end;
8840 int id;
8841 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
8842 char_u userhl[10];
8843 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8844 int id_SNC = -1;
8845 int id_S = -1;
8846 int hlcnt;
8847 # endif
8848 #endif
8849 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
8851 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
8854 * Clear all attributes.
8856 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
8857 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
8860 * First set all attributes to their default value.
8861 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
8863 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
8865 if (i)
8866 p = p_hl;
8867 else
8868 p = get_highlight_default();
8869 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
8870 continue;
8872 while (*p)
8874 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
8875 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
8876 break;
8877 ++p;
8878 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
8879 return FAIL;
8882 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
8883 * bold-underlined.
8885 attr = 0;
8886 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
8888 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
8889 continue;
8891 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
8892 return FAIL;
8894 switch (*p)
8896 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
8897 break;
8898 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
8899 break;
8900 case '-':
8901 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
8902 break;
8903 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
8904 break;
8905 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
8906 break;
8907 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
8908 break;
8909 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
8910 break;
8911 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
8912 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
8913 return FAIL;
8914 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
8915 if (end == NULL)
8916 end = p + STRLEN(p);
8917 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
8918 if (id == 0)
8919 return FAIL;
8920 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
8921 p = end - 1;
8922 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
8923 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
8924 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
8925 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
8926 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
8927 #endif
8928 break;
8929 default: return FAIL;
8932 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
8934 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
8938 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
8939 /* Setup the user highlights
8941 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
8942 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
8944 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8945 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
8946 return FAIL;
8947 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
8948 if (id_S == 0)
8949 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
8950 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
8951 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
8952 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
8954 # endif
8955 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
8957 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
8958 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
8959 if (id == 0)
8961 highlight_user[i] = 0;
8962 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8963 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
8964 # endif
8966 else
8968 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8969 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
8970 # endif
8972 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
8973 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
8974 if (id_SNC == 0)
8976 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
8977 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
8978 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
8979 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
8980 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
8981 # endif
8983 else
8984 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
8985 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
8986 sizeof(struct hl_group));
8987 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
8989 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
8990 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
8991 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
8992 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
8993 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
8994 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
8995 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
8996 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
8997 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
8998 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
8999 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
9000 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
9001 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
9002 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
9003 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
9004 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
9005 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
9006 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
9007 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
9008 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
9009 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
9010 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
9011 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
9012 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
9013 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
9014 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
9015 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
9016 # endif
9017 # endif
9018 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
9019 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
9020 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
9021 # endif
9024 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9025 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
9026 # endif
9028 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
9030 return OK;
9033 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
9035 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
9036 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
9039 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
9041 void
9042 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
9043 expand_T *xp;
9044 char_u *arg;
9046 char_u *p;
9048 /* Default: expand group names */
9049 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
9050 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
9051 include_link = 2;
9052 include_default = 1;
9054 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
9055 if (*arg != NUL)
9057 p = skiptowhite(arg);
9058 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
9060 include_default = 0;
9061 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
9063 arg = skipwhite(p);
9064 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
9065 p = skiptowhite(arg);
9067 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
9069 include_link = 0;
9070 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
9071 highlight_list();
9072 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
9073 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
9075 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
9076 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
9077 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
9079 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
9080 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
9083 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
9084 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
9091 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
9093 static void
9094 highlight_list()
9096 int i;
9098 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
9099 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
9100 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
9101 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
9104 static void
9105 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
9106 int cnt;
9107 int attr;
9109 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
9110 msg_clr_eos();
9111 out_flush();
9112 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
9115 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
9117 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
9118 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
9120 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
9121 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
9123 /*ARGSUSED*/
9124 char_u *
9125 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
9126 expand_T *xp;
9127 int idx;
9129 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
9130 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len && include_none != 0)
9131 return (char_u *)"none";
9132 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none && include_default != 0)
9133 return (char_u *)"default";
9134 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default
9135 && include_link != 0)
9136 return (char_u *)"link";
9137 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default + 1
9138 && include_link != 0)
9139 return (char_u *)"clear";
9140 #endif
9141 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
9142 return NULL;
9143 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
9145 #endif
9147 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
9149 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
9150 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
9152 void
9153 free_highlight_fonts()
9155 int idx;
9157 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
9159 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
9160 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
9161 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
9162 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
9163 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
9164 # endif
9167 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
9168 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
9169 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
9170 # endif
9171 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
9172 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
9173 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
9174 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
9175 # endif
9177 #endif
9179 /**************************************
9180 * End of Highlighting stuff *
9181 **************************************/